Treatise on Christ and Antichrist

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1PG 10:725d–728b

Βουληθέντος σου κατʼ ἀκρίβειαν τεθέντα σοι ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ κεφάλαια, ἀγαπητέ Θεόφιλε, εὕλογον ἡγησάμην ἀφθόνως ὡς ἐξ ἀγίας πηγῆς, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀγίων Γραφῶν, παραστῆσαί σοι κατʼ ὀφθαλμὸν τὰ ζητούμενα,ἴνα μὴ μόνον ταῖς ἀκοαῖς τῶν ὄντων ἐγκαταθέμενος ταῦτα εὐφρανθῇς, ἀλλὰ δυνάμει καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα ἀνιστορήσας, κατὰ πάντα τὸν Θεὸν δοξάσαι δυνηθῆς. Τοῦτο γάρ σοι ἐφόδιον ἐν τῷ νῦν βίῳ ἀκίνδυνον ἤτω παρʼ ἡμῶν, ὅπως τοῖς πολλοῖς δύσγνωστα καὶ δύσληπτα ἐξ ἐτοίμων λόγων προσενέγκας ἐγκατασπείρῃς τῷ πλάτει τῆς καρδίας σου, ὡς πίων καθαρὰ γῆ. Δυσωπήσεις δὲ διὰ τούτων τοὺς ἀντιτιθεμένους καὶ ἀντιλέγοντας τῷ σωτηρίῳ λόγῳ. Ὅρα δὲ μὴ εἰς ἀπίστους καὶ βλασφήμους γλώσσας ἐγκατάθη ταῦτα· κίνδυνος γὰρ οὐχ ὁ τυχών· μετάδος δὲ εὐλαβέσι καὶ πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ὀσίως καὶ δικαίως μετὰ φόβου ζῇν. Οὐ γὰρ μάτην ὁ μακάριος Ἀπόστολος παραινῶν Τιμοθέῳ λέγει· « Ὦ Τιμόθεε, τὴν παρακαταθήκην φύλαξον ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας καὶ ἀντιθέσεις τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, ἦν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. » Καὶ πάλιν· « Σὺ οὖν, τέκνον μου, ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ ἃ ἤκουσας παρʼ ἐμοῦ διὰ πολλῶν παρακλήσεων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἐτέρους διδάξαι. » Εἰ οὖν ὁ μακάριος μετʼ εὐλαβείας παρεδίδου ταῦτα, ἀπερ ἀπασιν εὕγνωστα ἦν, βλέπων τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι « οὐ παντων ἦν ἡ πίστις· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἡμεις κινδυνεύσομεν. εἰ ἀπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε, τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγια μεταδώσομεν βεβήλοις καὶ ἀναξίοις ἀνδράσιν;

Boulēthentos sou katʼ akribeian tethenta soi hypʼ emou kephalaia, agapēte Theophile, heulogon hēgēsamēn aphthonōs hōs ex agias pēgēs, ex autōn tōn agiōn Graphōn, parastēsai soi katʼ ophthalmon ta zētoumena,ina mē monon tais akoais tōn ontōn enkatathemenos tauta euphranthę̄s, alla dynamei kai auta ta pragmata anistorēsas, kata panta ton Theon doxasai dynēthēs. Touto gar soi ephodion en tǭ nyn biǭ akindynon ētō parʼ hēmōn, hopōs tois pollois dysgnōsta kai dyslēpta ex etoimōn logōn prosenenkas enkataspeirę̄s tǭ platei tēs kardias sou, hōs piōn kathara gē. Dysōpēseis de dia toutōn tous antitithemenous kai antilegontas tǭ sōtēriǭ logǭ. Hora de mē eis apistous kai blasphēmous glōssas enkatathē tauta; kindynos gar ouch ho tychōn; metados de eulabesi kai pistois anthrōpois tois ethelousin osiōs kai dikaiōs meta phobou zę̄n. Ou gar matēn ho makarios Apostolos parainōn Timotheǭ legei; « Ō Timothee, tēn parakatathēkēn phylaxon ektrepomenos tas bebēlous kenophōnias kai antitheseis tēs pseudōnymou gnōseōs, ēn tines epangellomenoi peri tēn pistin ēstochēsan. » Kai palin; « Sy oun, teknon mou, endynamou en tę̄ chariti tę̄ en Christǭ Iēsou; kai ha ēkousas parʼ emou dia pollōn paraklēseōn, tauta parathou pistois anthrōpois, hoitines hikanoi esontai kai eterous didaxai. » Ei oun ho makarios metʼ eulabeias paredidou tauta, aper apasin heugnōsta ēn, blepōn tǭ pneumati, hoti « ou pantōn ēn hē pistis; posǭ mallon hēmeis kindyneusomen. ei aplōs kai hōs etyche, ta tou Theou logia metadōsomen bebēlois kai anaxiois andrasin?

Since you wished, beloved Theophilus, to be accurately informed on the headings I set before you, I thought it reasonable to set the matters in question before your eyes ungrudgingly, as from a holy spring, from the holy Scriptures themselves, so that you may not only take delight in storing these things up by hearing them, but may also, by tracing out the matters themselves as far as you are able, be able to glorify God in all things. Let this be from us a safe provision for your journey in this present life, so that, having taken from ready arguments things that most people find hard to understand and to grasp, you may sow them in the breadth of your heart as in rich, clean soil. By these you will put to shame those who oppose and contradict the saving word. But see that you do not entrust these things to unbelieving and blasphemous tongues, for the danger is no ordinary one; impart them rather to devout and faithful people who wish to live holily and justly with fear. For not in vain does the blessed apostle, exhorting Timothy, say: "O Timothy, guard the deposit, avoiding the profane empty talk and the contradictions of what is falsely called knowledge, which some have professed and so have missed the mark concerning the faith." And again: "You then, my child, be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus; and what you heard from me through many exhortations, entrust these to faithful people, who will be able to teach others also." If, then, the blessed apostle handed on with caution these things, which could readily be known by all, because he saw in the Spirit that "not all have faith," how much greater danger shall we run if we impart the oracles of God carelessly and at random to profane and unworthy men?

Chapter 2

2PG 10:728b–729c

Ἐπειδὴ γάρ οἱ μακάριοι προφῆται ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν ἐγένοντο, προορῶντες διὰ πίστεως τὰ τοῦ Λόγου μυστήρια καὶ ταῖς μεταγενεστέραις γενεαῖς διηκόνησαν, οὐ μόνον τὰ παρωχηκότα εἰπόντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐνεστῶτα, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀπαγγείλαντες, ἵνα μὴ μόνον πρόσκαρος εἶναι ὁ προφήτης δειχθῇ. ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσαις γενεαῖς προλέγων τὰ μέλλοντα. ὡς προφήτης εἶναι νομισθῇ. Οὗτοι γὰρ πνεύματι προφητικῷ οἱ πατέρες κατηρτισμένοι, καὶ ὅʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λόγου ἀξίως τετιμημένοι, ὀργάνων δίκην ἑαυτοῖς ἡνωμένοι, ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀεὶ τὸν Λόγον ὡς πλῆκτρον, διʼ οὗ κινούμενοι ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα, ἀπερ ἤθελεν ὁ Θεὸς, οἱ προφῆται. Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἰδίας δυνάμεως ἐφθέγγοντο, μὴ πλανῶ, οὐδὲ ἅπερ αὐτοὶ ἐβούλοντο, ταῦτα ἐκήρυττον ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τοῦ Λόγου ἐσοφίζοντο ὀρθῶς, ἔπειτα διʼ ὀραμάτων προεδιδάσκοντο τὰ οντα καλῶς εἶθʼ οὗτω πεπεισμένοι ἔλεγον ταῦτα, ἅπερ αὐτοῖς ἦν μόνοις ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ [ἀποκεκαλυμμένα, τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς] ἀποκεκρυμμένα. Ἐπεὶ κατὰ τίνα λόγον ὁ προφήτης, προφήτης λεχθήσεται, εἰ μήτοι πνεύματι προεώρα τὰ μέλλοντα; εἴ γὰρ περὶ συμβεβηκότος τινὸς ἔλεγεν ῥ προφήτης, οὐκ ἅν ἦν προφήτης ταῦτα λέγων, ἅπερ ἅπαντες ὑπʼ ὁφθαλμῶν ἦσαν στησάμενοι. Ἀλλʼ ὁ τὰ μέλλοντα ἐκδιηγούμενος δικαίως προφήτης ἐκρίνετο. Διὸ εὐλόγως προφῇται ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς « οἱ βλέποντες ε ἐκαλοῦντο. Ὁθεν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προειρημένα καλῶς μαθητευθέντες, λέγομεν οὐκ ἐξ ἱδίας ἡμῶν ἐπινοίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ καινοτομεῖν ἐπιχειροῦμεν ἄλλήλοις τὰ προειρημένα πάλαι ῥήματα, ὦν τὰ ἔγγραφα ἐκτιθέντες εἰς φῶς, ἀναγνῶμεν τοῖς ὀρθῶς πιστεύειν δυναμένοις, ἐπεὶ γίνεται ἀμφοτέροις κοινὴ ὡφέλεια· τῷ μὲν λέγοντι τὸ, διὰ μνήμης κρατήσαντα, ὀρθῶς ἐκθέσθαι τὰ προκείμενα· τῷ δὲ ἀκούοντι, ἐπιστῆσαι τὸν νοῦν πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ κάματος κοινὸς ἀμφοτέροις πρόκειται, τῷ μὲν λέγοντι τὸ ἀκίνδυνον ἐξειπεῖν, τῷ δὲ ἀκούοντι πιστῶς ἀκούσαντα καταδέξασθαι τὰ λεγόμενα, παρακαλῶ συναγωνίσασθαί μοι ἐν τῇ πρὸς θεὸν δεήσει.

Epeidē gar hoi makarioi prophētai ophthalmoi hēmōn egenonto, proorōntes dia pisteōs ta tou Logou mystēria kai tais metagenesterais geneais diēkonēsan, ou monon ta parōchēkota eipontes, alla kai ta enestōta, kai ta mellonta apangeilantes, hina mē monon proskaros einai ho prophētēs deichthę̄. alla kai pasais geneais prolegōn ta mellonta. hōs prophētēs einai nomisthę̄. Houtoi gar pneumati prophētikǭ hoi pateres katērtismenoi, kai hoʼ autou tou Logou axiōs tetimēmenoi, organōn dikēn heautois hēnōmenoi, echontes en heautois aei ton Logon hōs plēktron, diʼ hou kinoumenoi apēngellon tauta, aper ēthelen ho Theos, hoi prophētai. Ou gar ex idias dynameōs ephthengonto, mē planō, oude haper autoi eboulonto, tauta ekērytton alla prōton men dia tou Logou esophizonto orthōs, epeita diʼ oramatōn proedidaskonto ta onta kalōs eithʼ houtō pepeismenoi elegon tauta, haper autois ēn monois apo tou Theou [apokekalymmena, tois de loipois] apokekrymmena. Epei kata tina logon ho prophētēs, prophētēs lechthēsetai, ei mētoi pneumati proeōra ta mellonta? ei gar peri symbebēkotos tinos elegen rh prophētēs, ouk han ēn prophētēs tauta legōn, haper hapantes hypʼ hophthalmōn ēsan stēsamenoi. Allʼ ho ta mellonta ekdiēgoumenos dikaiōs prophētēs ekrineto. Dio eulogōs prophę̄tai apʼ archēs « hoi blepontes e ekalounto. Hothen kai hēmeis ta hypʼ autōn proeirēmena kalōs mathēteuthentes, legomen ouk ex hidias hēmōn epinoias. Oude gar kainotomein epicheiroumen allēlois ta proeirēmena palai rhēmata, ōn ta engrapha ektithentes eis phōs, anagnōmen tois orthōs pisteuein dynamenois, epei ginetai amphoterois koinē hōpheleia; tǭ men legonti to, dia mnēmēs kratēsanta, orthōs ekthesthai ta prokeimena; tǭ de akouonti, epistēsai ton noun pros ta legomena. Epei oun ho kamatos koinos amphoterois prokeitai, tǭ men legonti to akindynon exeipein, tǭ de akouonti pistōs akousanta katadexasthai ta legomena, parakalō synagōnisasthai moi en tę̄ pros theon deēsei.

For since the blessed prophets became eyes for us, foreseeing through faith the mysteries of the Word, they ministered these things also to later generations, not only telling of the past but also announcing the present and the future, so that the prophet might not be shown to be a prophet for a season only, but, foretelling the future to all generations, might be reckoned a prophet. For these fathers were equipped by the prophetic Spirit and worthily honoured by the Word himself; united to him like instruments, and having the Word always within them as a plectrum, the prophets, moved by him, announced what God willed. For they did not speak by their own power (make no mistake), nor did they proclaim what they themselves wished; but first they were rightly made wise through the Word, then they were well taught beforehand about things to come through visions, and then, being thus persuaded, they spoke what had been revealed by God to them alone but hidden from the rest. For on what ground will the prophet be called a prophet unless he foresaw the future in the Spirit? For if the prophet spoke of something that had already happened, he would not be a prophet in saying what all had before their eyes; but the one who recounts the future in detail was rightly judged a prophet. That is why the prophets were fittingly called from the beginning "the seers." Hence we too, well instructed in what they foretold, speak not from our own invention. For we do not attempt to make innovations among ourselves in the words spoken long ago; rather, bringing to light the writings in which they are recorded, we read them to those who are able to believe rightly. For a common benefit comes to both: to the speaker, that, holding them in memory, he sets out rightly what lies before him; to the hearer, that he gives his mind to what is said. Since, then, a common labour is set before both, for the speaker to declare it without fear of danger, and for the hearer to hear faithfully and receive what is said, I urge you to strive together with me in prayer to God.

Chapter 3

3PG 10:729c–732b

Πῶς ἂν πάλαι τοῖς μακαρίοις προφήταις ἀπεκαλυψεν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ παῖς. ὁ πάλαι μὲν Λόγος, τυχεῖν ἐπιζητεῖς; Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ εὕσπλαγχνον καὶ ἀπροσωπόληπτον ἐνδείκνυται διὰ πάντων τῶν ἀγίων ὁ Λόγος φωτίζων καὶ ῥυθμίζων αὐτὸν, ὡς ἔμπειρος ἰατρὸς, πρὸς τὰ ἡμῖν συμφέροντα, ἐπιστάμενος τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθένειαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀγνοοῦντας ἐκδιδάσκειν πειρᾶται· τοὺς δὲ πλανωμένους ἐπιστρέφει εἰς τὴν ἑαυ- τοῦ ἀληθινὴν ὀδόν· καὶ τοῖς μὲν μετὰ πίστεως ζητοῦσιν εὐκόλως εὐρισκόμενος· τοῖς δὲ καθαροῖς ὄμμασι καὶ ἀγνῇ καρδίᾳ κρούειν τὴν θύραν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, εὐθὺς ἀνοιγόμενος. Οὐδένα γὰρ ἀποβάλλεται τῶν ἑαυτοῦ δούλων, ὡς μὴ ὄντα ἄξιον τῶν θείων μυστηρίων· οὐ πλούσιον προτιμῶν πένητος· οὐδὲ οαανῆΚῖ ῷ τὸ μέτριον ἐξουθενῶν· οὐδὲ·ἀ ὀνειδβων, οὐδὲ τὸαεʼ ἐ 3-θ , άeε ρίζων· οὐδὲ θῆλυ διὰ τὴν ἐξαρχῆς γενομένην παρακοὴν μισῶν, οὐδὲ τὸν ἄῤῥενα διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἀτιμάζων· ἀλλὰ πάντας θέλων καὶ πάντας σώζειν ἐπιθυμῶν, πάντας υἱοὺς Θεοῦ καταρτίσαι θέλων καὶ τοὺς πάντας ἀγίους εἰς ἔνα τέλειον ἄνθρωπον καλῶν εἷς γὰρ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ παῖς, δʼοὗ καὶ ἔ εt- ττυ τες τὴν διὰ τοῦ ἀγίου Πνεύματοʼ ιν, ἰς ἔνα τέλειον καὶ ἐπουράνιον ἄνθρωπον οἱ πάντες καταντῆσαι ἐπιθυμοῦμεν.

Pōs an palai tois makariois prophētais apekalypsen ho tou Theou Logos, autos palin ho tou Theou pais. ho palai men Logos, tychein epizēteis? Allʼ epeidē to heautou heusplanchnon kai aprosōpolēpton endeiknytai dia pantōn tōn agiōn ho Logos phōtizōn kai rhythmizōn auton, hōs empeiros iatros, pros ta hēmin sympheronta, epistamenos tēn anthrōpōn astheneian kai tous men agnoountas ekdidaskein peiratai; tous de planōmenous epistrephei eis tēn heau- tou alēthinēn odon; kai tois men meta pisteōs zētousin eukolōs euriskomenos; tois de katharois ommasi kai agnę̄ kardią krouein tēn thyran epithymousin, euthys anoigomenos. Oudena gar apoballetai tōn heautou doulōn, hōs mē onta axion tōn theiōn mystēriōn; ou plousion protimōn penētos; oude oaanēKi ǭ to metrion exouthenōn; oude;a oneidbōn, oude toaeʼ e 3-th , aee rizōn; oude thēly dia tēn exarchēs genomenēn parakoēn misōn, oude ton arrhena dia tēn parabasin atimazōn; alla pantas thelōn kai pantas sōzein epithymōn, pantas huious Theou katartisai thelōn kai tous pantas agious eis ena teleion anthrōpon kalōn heis gar kai ho tou Theou pais, dʼhou kai e et- tty tes tēn dia tou agiou Pneumatoʼ in, is ena teleion kai epouranion anthrōpon hoi pantes katantēsai epithymoumen.

Do you wish, then, to learn how the Word of God, who is again the Child of God, he who of old was the Word, revealed things long ago to the blessed prophets? Well, since the Word shows his compassion and his impartiality through all the saints, enlightening them and fitting them, like a skilled physician, to what is good for us, knowing human weakness, he tries to teach the ignorant and turns the wandering back to his own true way; by those who seek with faith he is easily found, and to those who desire to knock at the door with pure eyes and a chaste heart he opens at once. For he rejects none of his servants as unworthy of the divine mysteries: he does not prefer the rich to the poor, nor despise … for lowliness, nor reproach …, nor … ; he does not hate the female because of the disobedience that took place at the beginning, nor dishonour the male because of the transgression; but he wills all and desires to save all, wishing to make all perfect sons of God, and calling all the saints into one perfect man. For the Child of God is also one, through whom we too, receiving the regeneration through the Holy Spirit, all desire to come to one perfect and heavenly man.

Chapter 4

4PG 10:732b–732c

Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄσαρκος ὡν, ἐνεδύσατο τὴν ἁγίαν σάρκα ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Παρθένου, ὡς νυμφίος ἱμάτιον ἐξυφάνας ἑαυτῷ ἐν τῷ σταυρικῷ πάθει, ὅπως συγκεράσας τὸ θνητὸν ἡμῷν σῶμα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμει, καὶ μίξας τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τὸ φθαρτὸν καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τῷ ἰσχυρῷ, σώσῃ τὸν ἀπολλύμενον ἄνθρωπον. Ἐστι μὲν οὖν ὁ ἱστὸς, τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ πάθος τὸ επὶ τῷ σταυρῷ γεγενημένον· στήμων δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ, ἡ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος δύναμις· κρόκη δὲ, ἡ ἀγία σὰρξ ἐνυφαινομένη Πνεύματι· μίτος δὲ, ἡ διʼ ἀγάπης Χριστοῦ χάρις σφίγγουσα καὶ ἐνοῦσα τὰ ἀμφότερα εἰς ἕν· κερχίδες δὲ, ὁ Λόγος· οἱ διεργαζόμενοι, πατριάρχαι τε καὶ προφῆται, οἱ τὸν καλὸν ποδήρη καὶ τέλειον χιτώνα ὑφαίνοντες Χριστῷ, διʼ ὧν ὁ Λόγος διϊκνούμενος, κερκίδων δίκην, ἐξυφαίνει διʼ ἀὐτῶν ταῦθʼ ἅπερ βούλεται ὁ Πατήρ.

Epeidē gar ho Logos tou Theou asarkos hōn, enedysato tēn hagian sarka ek tēs hagias Parthenou, hōs nymphios himation exyphanas heautǭ en tǭ staurikǭ pathei, hopōs synkerasas to thnēton hēmǭn sōma tę̄ heautou dynamei, kai mixas tǭ aphthartǭ to phtharton kai to asthenes tǭ ischyrǭ, sōsę̄ ton apollymenon anthrōpon. Esti men oun ho histos, tou Kyriou to pathos to epi tǭ staurǭ gegenēmenon; stēmōn de en autǭ, hē tou hagiou Pneumatos dynamis; krokē de, hē agia sarx enyphainomenē Pneumati; mitos de, hē diʼ agapēs Christou charis sphingousa kai enousa ta amphotera eis hen; kerchides de, ho Logos; hoi diergazomenoi, patriarchai te kai prophētai, hoi ton kalon podērē kai teleion chitōna hyphainontes Christǭ, diʼ hōn ho Logos diïknoumenos, kerkidōn dikēn, exyphainei diʼ autōn tauthʼ haper bouletai ho Patēr.

For since the Word of God, being without flesh, put on the holy flesh from the holy Virgin, as a bridegroom weaving a garment for himself in the suffering of the cross, so that, blending our mortal body with his own power, and mingling the corruptible with the incorruptible and the weak with the strong, he might save perishing man. The loom, then, is the Lord's passion that took place on the cross; the warp on it is the power of the Holy Spirit; the woof is the holy flesh woven in by the Spirit; the thread is the grace which, through the love of Christ, binds and unites the two into one; the shuttles are the Word; the workers are the patriarchs and prophets, who weave the fair, full-length and perfect tunic for Christ, through whom the Word, passing through them like shuttles, weaves through them what the Father wills.

Chapter 5

5PG 10:732c–733a

Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς λοιπὸν ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς τὰ ὑποκείμενα, αὐταρκῶν ὄντων τῶν ἐν τῷ προοιμίῳ εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ εἰρημένων, δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐφαψαμένους αὐτῶν τῶν θείων Γραφῶν, διʼ αὐτῶν, τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου παρουσία· ποίῳ δὲ καιρῷ καὶ χρόνῳ ὁ ἄνομος ἀποσκαλυφθήσεται· πόθεν δὲ καὶ ἐκ ποίας φυλῆς, καὶ τί τούτου ὄνομα, τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ μηνυόμενον· πῶς δὲ πλάνην μὲν τῷ λαῷ ἐγγεννήσει, ἐπισυνάξας αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς· θλίψεν δὲ καὶ διωγμὸν ἐπὶ, τοὺς ἀγίους ἐπεγερεῖ· καὶ πῶς ἐαυτὸν δοξάσει ὡς Θεόν· τίς δὲ ἡ τούτου συντέλεια· πῶς δὲ ἡ ἐπιφάνεια τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν· καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου ἐκπύρωσις τίς δὲ ἦ τῶν ἀγίων ἐνδοξος καὶ ἐπαυράνιος βασιλεία τῶν συμβασιλευόντων τῷ Χριστῷ· καὶ τίς ἡ τῶν ἀνόμων διὰ πυρὸς κόλασις.

Allʼ epeidē kairos loipon apaitei pros ta hypokeimena, autarkōn ontōn tōn en tǭ prooimiǭ eis doxan Theou eirēmenōn, dikaion estin hēmas ephapsamenous autōn tōn theiōn Graphōn, diʼ autōn, tis kai potapē hē tou Antichristou parousia; poiǭ de kairǭ kai chronǭ ho anomos aposkalyphthēsetai; pothen de kai ek poias phylēs, kai ti toutou onoma, to dia tou arithmou en tę̄ Graphę̄ mēnyomenon; pōs de planēn men tǭ laǭ engennēsei, episynaxas autous ek tōn peratōn tēs gēs; thlipsen de kai diōgmon epi, tous agious epegerei; kai pōs eauton doxasei hōs Theon; tis de hē toutou synteleia; pōs de hē epiphaneia tou Kyriou apokalyphthēsetai apʼ ouranōn; kai tis hē tou sympantos kosmou ekpyrōsis tis de ē tōn agiōn endoxos kai epauranios basileia tōn symbasileuontōn tǭ Christǭ; kai tis hē tōn anomōn dia pyros kolasis.

But since the time now requires us to turn to the matters before us, what has been said in the preface to the glory of God being sufficient, it is right that we lay hold of the divine Scriptures themselves and show through them what the coming of Antichrist is and of what kind; at what occasion and time the lawless one will be revealed; from where he comes, and from what tribe; what his name is, which is indicated by the number in Scripture; how he will produce error among the people, gathering them from the ends of the earth; how he will stir up tribulation and persecution against the saints; how he will glorify himself as God; what his end is; how the appearing of the Lord will be revealed from heaven; what the conflagration of the whole world is; what the glorious and heavenly kingdom of the saints is, of those who reign together with Christ; and what the punishment of the lawless by fire is.

Chapter 6

6PG 10:733a–733c

Τοῦ μὲν οὖν Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὸ βασιλικὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὡς λέοντος προκεκηρυγμένου· τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ τὸν Ἀντίχριστον ὀμοίως λέοντα προανηγόρευσαν αἱ Γραφαὶ διὰ τὸ τυραννικὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ βίαιον. Κατὰ πάντα γὰρ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι βούλεται ὁ πλάνος τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Λέων μὲν ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ λέων ὁ Ἀντίχριστος· βασιλεὺς ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ βασιλεὺς ὁ Ἀντίχριστος. Ἐδείχθη ὁ Σωτὴρ ὡς ἀρνίον, καὶ αὐτὸς ὀμοίως φανήσεται ὡς ἀρνίον, ἔνδοθεν λύκος ὦν. Ἐν περιτομῇ ὁ Σωτὴρ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, καὶ αὐτὸς ὀμοίως ἐλεύσεται. Ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Κύριος ἀποστόλους εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ αὐτὸς ὀμοίως πέμψει ψευδαποστόλους. Συνήγαγε τὰ διεσκορπισμένα πρόβατα ὁ Σωτὴρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ὀμοίως ἐπισυνάξει τὸν διεσκορπισμένον λαόν. Ἐδωκεν ὁ Κύριος σφραγῖδα τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύουσι, καὶ αὐτὸς δώσει ὀμοίως. Ἐν σχήματι ἀνθρώπου ἐφάνη ὁ Σωτὴρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν σχήματι ἀνθρώπου ἐλεύσεται. Ἀνέστησεν ὁ Σωτὴρ καὶ ἔδειξε τὴν ἀγίαν σάρκα ὡς ναὸν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀναστήσει ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις τὸν λίθινον ναόν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πλάνα αὐτοῦ τεχνήματα ἐν τοῖς ἐξῆς δηλώσομεν· νυνὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον τραπῶμεν.

Tou men oun Kyriou Iēsou Christou tou Theou dia to basilikon kai endoxon hōs leontos prokekērygmenou; tǭ autǭ tropǭ kai ton Antichriston omoiōs leonta proanēgoreusan hai Graphai dia to tyrannikon autou kai biaion. Kata panta gar exomoiousthai bouletai ho planos tǭ Huiǭ tou Theou. Leōn men ho Christos, kai leōn ho Antichristos; basileus ho Christos, kai basileus ho Antichristos. Edeichthē ho Sōtēr hōs arnion, kai autos omoiōs phanēsetai hōs arnion, endothen lykos ōn. En peritomę̄ ho Sōtēr ēlthen eis ton kosmon, kai autos omoiōs eleusetai. Apesteilen ho Kyrios apostolous eis panta ta ethnē, kai autos omoiōs pempsei pseudapostolous. Synēgage ta dieskorpismena probata ho Sōtēr, kai autos omoiōs episynaxei ton dieskorpismenon laon. Edōken ho Kyrios sphragida tois eis auton pisteuousi, kai autos dōsei omoiōs. En schēmati anthrōpou ephanē ho Sōtēr, kai autos en schēmati anthrōpou eleusetai. Anestēsen ho Sōtēr kai edeixe tēn agian sarka hōs naon, kai autos anastēsei en Ierosolymois ton lithinon naon. Kai ta men plana autou technēmata en tois exēs dēlōsomen; nyni de pros to prokeimenon trapōmen.

Now, since the Lord Jesus Christ, who is God, was proclaimed beforehand as a lion because of his royal and glorious character, in the same way the Scriptures also foretold Antichrist as a lion because of his tyranny and violence. For the deceiver wants to make himself like the Son of God in everything. Christ is a lion, and Antichrist is a lion; Christ is a king, and Antichrist is a king. The Saviour was shown as a lamb, and he too will likewise appear as a lamb, though inwardly he is a wolf. The Saviour came into the world in circumcision, and he too will come likewise. The Lord sent apostles to all the nations, and he likewise will send false apostles. The Saviour gathered the scattered sheep, and he too will likewise gather the scattered people. The Lord gave a seal to those who believe in him, and he too will likewise give one. The Saviour appeared in the form of a man, and he too will come in the form of a man. The Saviour raised up and showed his holy flesh as a temple, and he will raise up the temple of stone in Jerusalem. His deceitful devices we will make plain in what follows; for now let us turn to the matter in hand.

Chapter 7

7PG 10:733c–733d

Λέγει οὖν ὁ μακάριος Ἰακὼβ ἐν ταῖς εὐλογίαις προαναφωνῶν τὰ περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, οὕτως· « Ἰούδα, σὲ αἰνεσάτωσαν οἱ ἀδελφοί σου. Aἱ χεῖρές σου ἐπὶ νώτου τῶν ἐχθρῶν, προσκυνήσουσί σοι οἱ υἰοὶ τοῦ πατρός σου. Σκύμνος λέοντος Ἰούδα· ἐκ βλαστοῦ, υἰέ μου, ἀνέβης, ἀναπεσὼν ἐκοιμήθης ὡς λέων καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἐγερεῖ αὐτόν; Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ, ῷ ἀπόκειται. Καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται προσδοκία ἐθνῶν. Δεσμεύων πρὸς ἄμπελον τὴν ὅνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῇ ἕλικι τὸν πῶλον τῆς ὄνου αὐτοῦ. Πλυνεῖ ἐν οἴνῳ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν αἴματι σταφυλῆς τὴν περιβολὴν αὐτοῦ. Χαροποὶ οἱ ὁφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς ἀπὸ οἴνου, καὶ λευκοὶ οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ ἢ γάλα.

Legei oun ho makarios Iakōb en tais eulogiais proanaphōnōn ta peri tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn, houtōs; « Iouda, se ainesatōsan hoi adelphoi sou. Ahi cheires sou epi nōtou tōn echthrōn, proskynēsousi soi hoi uioi tou patros sou. Skymnos leontos Iouda; ek blastou, uie mou, anebēs, anapesōn ekoimēthēs hōs leōn kai hōs skymnos; tis egerei auton? Ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda kai hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthę̄, ǭ apokeitai. Kai autos estai prosdokia ethnōn. Desmeuōn pros ampelon tēn honon autou, kai tę̄ heliki ton pōlon tēs onou autou. Plynei en oinǭ tēn stolēn autou, kai en aimati staphylēs tēn peribolēn autou. Charopoi hoi hophthalmoi autou hōs apo oinou, kai leukoi hoi odontes autou ē gala.

So the blessed Jacob, in his blessings, foretelling what concerns our Lord and Saviour, speaks thus: "Judah, may your brothers praise you. Your hands shall be on the back of your enemies; your father's sons shall bow down to you. Judah is a lion's whelp; from a shoot, my son, you have gone up; you lay down and slept as a lion and as a lion's whelp; who will rouse him? A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until he comes for whom it is laid up; and he will be the expectation of the nations. Binding his donkey to a vine, and the colt of his donkey to the tendril, he will wash his robe in wine, and his garment in the blood of the grape. His eyes are gladsome as from wine, and his teeth whiter than milk."

Chapter 8

8PG 10:733d–736b

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραφράξειν ἐπιστάμενός σοι, αὐτὰ δοκεῖ τανῦν παρατίθεσθαι. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ αὐτὰ τὰ ῥήματα προτρέπει τοῦ λέγειν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο παραλείψομαι ἔστι γὰρ ὄντως θεῖα καὶ ἔνδοξα, δυνάμενα ὡφελῆσαι ψυχήν. Σκύμνον λέοντος εἴπὼν ὁ προφήτης τὸν ἐξ Ἰούδα καὶ Δαυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα γεγενημένον, μὴ ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ γενόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀγίου Πνεύματος συλλαμβανόμενον, καὶ τοῦτου ἐκ βλαστοῦ ἀγίου ἐκ γῆς προερχόμενον. Ἡσαῖας μὲν γὰρ λέγει· « Ἐξελεύσεται ῥάβδος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ, καὶ ἄνθος ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀναβήσεται. » Τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἡσαῖου ἄνθος εἰρημένον, ὁ Ἰακὼβ βλαστὸν εἴρηκε. Πρῶτον γὰρ ἐβλάστησεν. εἶτα ἤνθησεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. Τὸ δὲ λέγειν· « Ἀναπεσὼν ἐκοιμήθης ὡς λέων καὶ ὡς σκύμνος, » τὴν τριήμερον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐδήλωσε κοίμησιν, ὡς καὶ Ἡσαῖας λέγει· « Πῶς ἐγένετο πόρνη πιστὴ Σιὼν, πλήρης κρίσεως; ἐν ῇ δικαιοσύνη ἐκοιμήθη ἐν αὐτῇ, νῦν δὲ φονευταί. » Καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ ὁμοίως· « Ἐγὼ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα, ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι Κύριος ἀντιλήψεταί μου· » ἵνα δείξῃ ἐν τῷ ῥητῷ τὴν κοίμησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνάστασιν γεγενημένην. Ἰακὼβ δὲ λέγει «Τίς ἐγερεῖ αὐτόν; » Τουτέστιν ὁ Δαυὶδ, καθὼς καὶ Παῦλος, λέγει· « Καὶ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. »

Tauta men oun paraphraxein epistamenos soi, auta dokei tanyn paratithesthai. Allʼ epeidē auta ta rhēmata protrepei tou legein, oude touto paraleipsomai esti gar ontōs theia kai endoxa, dynamena hōphelēsai psychēn. Skymnon leontos eipōn ho prophētēs ton ex Iouda kai Dauid kata sarka gegenēmenon, mē ek spermatos Dauid genomenon, allʼ ex agiou Pneumatos syllambanomenon, kai toutou ek blastou agiou ek gēs proerchomenon. Hēsaias men gar legei; « Exeleusetai rhabdos ek tēs rhizēs Iessai, kai anthos ex autēs anabēsetai. » To men hypo tou Hēsaiou anthos eirēmenon, ho Iakōb blaston eirēke. Prōton gar eblastēsen. eita ēnthēsen en tǭ kosmǭ. To de legein; « Anapesōn ekoimēthēs hōs leōn kai hōs skymnos, » tēn triēmeron tou Christou edēlōse koimēsin, hōs kai Hēsaias legei; « Pōs egeneto pornē pistē Siōn, plērēs kriseōs? en ę̄ dikaiosynē ekoimēthē en autę̄, nyn de phoneutai. » Kai ho Dauid homoiōs; « Egō ekoimēthēn kai hypnōsa, exēgerthēn, hoti Kyrios antilēpsetai mou; » hina deixę̄ en tǭ rhētǭ tēn koimēsin autou kai anastasin gegenēmenēn. Iakōb de legei «Tis egerei auton? » Toutestin ho Dauid, kathōs kai Paulos, legei; « Kai Theou Patros tou egeirantos auton ek nekrōn. »

Since I know how to explain these things to you, it seems best for now to set out the words themselves. But since the words themselves urge me to speak, I will not pass this over either; for they are truly divine and glorious, and able to benefit the soul. By "a lion's whelp" the prophet meant the one born of Judah and David according to the flesh, not begotten of David's seed but conceived of the Holy Spirit, and coming forth from a holy shoot out of the earth. For Isaiah says: "A rod shall come out of the root of Jesse, and a flower shall come up from it." What Isaiah called a flower, Jacob called a shoot: for first he budded, and then he flowered in the world. And the words "you lay down and slept as a lion and as a lion's whelp" indicated Christ's three-day sleep, as Isaiah too says: "How has the faithful city Zion become a harlot, full of judgment? In her righteousness slept, but now murderers." And David likewise: "I slept and fell asleep; I awoke, for the Lord will help me," to show in the saying that his sleep and resurrection took place. And Jacob says, "Who will rouse him?" This is what David says, and as Paul too says: "and God the Father, who raised him from the dead."

Chapter 9

9PG 10:736b

Τῷ δὲ εἰπεῖν· « Οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων ἐξ Ἰούδα, καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἔως ἂν ἔλθῃ, ῷ ἀπόκειται· καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται προσδοκία ἐθνῶν πληρουμένην ι30) ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐδήλωσεν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐστι προσδοκία· προσδεχόμεθα γὰρ αὐτὸν. ἐρχόμενον ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δυνάμει διὰ πίστεως ἡμῶν βλέπομεν.

Tǭ de eipein; « Ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda, kai hēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, eōs an elthę̄, ǭ apokeitai; kai autos estai prosdokia ethnōn plēroumenēn i30) epi ton Christon edēlōsen. Autos gar hēmōn esti prosdokia; prosdechometha gar auton. erchomenon apʼ ouranou dynamei dia pisteōs hēmōn blepomen.

And by saying, "A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until he comes for whom it is laid up; and he will be the expectation of the nations," he showed (the prophecy) fulfilled in Christ. For he is our expectation: we wait for him, and through faith we see him coming from heaven with power.

Chapter 10

10PG 10:736b–736c

Δεσμεύων πρὸς ἄμπελον τὴν ὄνον αὐτοῦ, » τουτέστι, τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς λαὸν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κλῆσιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ἡ ἄμπελος. « Καὶ τῇ ἕλικι τὸν πῶλον τῆς ὄνου αὐτοῦ· » τὸν λαὸν, τὸν ἐξ ἐθνῶν, ὡς περιτομὴν καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν εἰς μίαν πίστιν καλῶν.

Desmeuōn pros ampelon tēn onon autou, » toutesti, ton ek peritomēs laon autou pros tēn heautou klēsin; autos gar ēn hē ampelos. « Kai tę̄ heliki ton pōlon tēs onou autou; » ton laon, ton ex ethnōn, hōs peritomēn kai akrobystian eis mian pistin kalōn.

"Binding his donkey to a vine": that is, binding his people of the circumcision to his own calling, for he himself was the vine. "And the colt of his donkey to the tendril": the people from the Gentiles, as he calls circumcision and uncircumcision into one faith.

Chapter 11

11PG 10:736c–737a

« Πλυνεῖ ἐν οἴνῳ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ· » [κατὰ] τὴν [διὰ] τοῦ ἀγίου Πνεύματος κατελθοῦσαν ἐπὶ Ἰορδάνην Πατρικην φωνήν. « Καὶ ἐν αἶματι σταφυλῆς τὴν περιβολὴν αὐτοῦ. » Αἵματι οὖν σταφυλῆς ποίας, ἀλλʼ ἢ τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ ὡς βότρυος ἐπὶ ξύλου βληθείσης; Ἐξ ἦς πλευρᾶς ἔβλυσαν δύο πηγαὶ, αἵματος καὶ ὕδατος, διʼ ὧν τὰ ἔθνη ἀπολουόμενα καθαίρονται, ἅτινα ὡς περιβόλαιον λελόγισται ἔχων.

« Plynei en oinǭ tēn stolēn autou; » [kata] tēn [dia] tou agiou Pneumatos katelthousan epi Iordanēn Patrikēn phōnēn. « Kai en aimati staphylēs tēn peribolēn autou. » Haimati oun staphylēs poias, allʼ ē tēs sarkos autou hōs botryos epi xylou blētheisēs? Ex ēs pleuras eblysan dyo pēgai, haimatos kai hydatos, diʼ hōn ta ethnē apolouomena kathairontai, hatina hōs peribolaion lelogistai echōn.

"He will wash his robe in wine": (this means) the Father's voice that came down through the Holy Spirit at the Jordan. "And his garment in the blood of the grape": in the blood of what grape, then, but his flesh, hung like a cluster on the wood? From his side flowed two springs, of blood and of water, through which the nations are washed and purified; and these he is reckoned to have as a garment.

Chapter 12

12PG 10:737a

« Χαροποὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ οἴνου· Χριστοῦ τίνες, ἀλλʼ ἢ οἱ μακάριοι προφῆται; οἱ προῖυντες τῷ πνεύματι καὶ προκηρύξαντες τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν συμβησόμενα πάθη, ὅν δυνάμει ἔχαιρον βλέποντες - ευματικοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ ς αὐτοῦ χάριτος καταρτιίόμενοι.

« Charopoi hoi ophthalmoi autou apo oinou; Christou tines, allʼ ē hoi makarioi prophētai? hoi proiyntes tǭ pneumati kai prokēryxantes ta eis auton symbēsomena pathē, hon dynamei echairon blepontes - eumatikois ophthalmois, hypʼ autou tou Logou kai s autou charitos katartiiomenoi.

"His eyes are gladsome from wine": what are the eyes of Christ but the blessed prophets, who foresaw in the Spirit and proclaimed beforehand the sufferings that would befall him, and who rejoiced as they saw him in power with spiritual eyes, being equipped by the Word himself and his grace?

Chapter 13

13PG 10:737a

Τὸ δὲ εἰπεῖν, « Καὶ λευκοὶ οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ ἢ γάλα, » τὰς ἐξ ἀγίου στόματος Χριστοῦ ἐκπορευομένας ἐντολὰς ἐσήμαινε, καθαιρούσας ὡσεὶ γάλα.

To de eipein, « Kai leukoi hoi odontes autou ē gala, » tas ex agiou stomatos Christou ekporeuomenas entolas esēmaine, kathairousas hōsei gala.

And by saying, "And his teeth whiter than milk," he signified the commandments that proceed from the holy mouth of Christ, which purify like milk.

Chapter 14

14PG 10:737a–737c

Τοῦτον οὗν λέοντα καὶ σκύμνον λέοντος προανεκήρυξαν αἱ Γραφαί. Τὸ ὅμοιον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου εἴρηται. Φησὶ γὰρ Μωῦσῆς οὕτως· Σκύμνος λέοντος Δὰν, καὶ ἐκπηδήσεται ἐκ Πασάν. Ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ σφαλῇ τις, νομίσας περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος εἰρῆσθαι . ῥητὸν τοῦτο, ἐπιστησάτω τὸν νοῦν. Δὰν, φησὶ, σκύμνος λέοντος· » τὴν φυλὴν ὀνομάσας τοῦ ὰν, ἐσαφήνισεν, ἐξ ἦς μέλλει ὁ Ἀντίχριστος γεννᾶσθαι. Ὡσπερ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Ἰούδα φυλῆς ὁ Χριστὸς εννᾶται, οὕτως ἐκ τῆς Δὰν φυλῆς ὁ Ἀντίχριστος ,εννηθήσεται. Ὁτι δὲ οὕτως ἔχει, φησὶν ὁ Ἰακώβ « Γενηθήτω Δὰν ὄφις, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καθήμενος, δάνων πτέρναν ἴππου. Ὄφις οὖν τίς, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ Ἀντίχριστος; πλάνος ὁ ἐν τῇ ενέσει εἰρημένος, ὁ πλανήσας τὴν Εῦαν καὶ πτερνίσας τὸν Ἀδάμ. Ἀλλʼ πειδὴ διὰ πλειόνων μαρτυριῶν ἀποδεῖξαι δεῖ τὰ λε- ,όμενα, οὐκ ἀποκνήσομεν.

Touton houn leonta kai skymnon leontos proanekēryxan hai Graphai. To homoion kai epi tou Antichristou eirētai. Phēsi gar Mōysēs houtōs; Skymnos leontos Dan, kai ekpēdēsetai ek Pasan. Allʼ hina mē sphalę̄ tis, nomisas peri tou Sōtēros eirēsthai . rhēton touto, epistēsatō ton noun. Dan, phēsi, skymnos leontos; » tēn phylēn onomasas tou an, esaphēnisen, ex ēs mellei ho Antichristos gennasthai. Hōsper gar ek tēs Iouda phylēs ho Christos ennatai, houtōs ek tēs Dan phylēs ho Antichristos ,ennēthēsetai. Hoti de houtōs echei, phēsin ho Iakōb « Genēthētō Dan ophis, epi tēn gēn kathēmenos, danōn pternan ippou. Ophis oun tis, allʼ ē ho Antichristos? planos ho en tę̄ enesei eirēmenos, ho planēsas tēn Euan kai pternisas ton Adam. Allʼ peidē dia pleionōn martyriōn apodeixai dei ta le- ,omena, ouk apoknēsomen.

This one, then, the Scriptures proclaimed beforehand as a lion and a lion's whelp. The like has been said also of Antichrist. For Moses speaks thus: "Dan is a lion's whelp, and he will leap out from Bashan." But lest anyone be mistaken, thinking this saying spoken of the Saviour, let him pay attention. "Dan," he says, "is a lion's whelp": by naming the tribe of Dan he made plain the tribe from which Antichrist is to be born. For as Christ is born from the tribe of Judah, so Antichrist will be born from the tribe of Dan. And that this is so, Jacob says: "Let Dan be a serpent, sitting on the ground, biting a horse's heel." Who, then, is the serpent but Antichrist, the deceiver spoken of in Genesis, who deceived Eve and struck at Adam's heel? But since what is said must be demonstrated by more testimonies, we shall not shrink from the task.

Chapter 15

15PG 10:737c–740b

Ὁτι μὲν γὰρ ὄντως ἐκ τῆς Δὰν φυλῆς μέλλει γεννᾶσθαι καὶ ἀνίστασθαι τύραννος καὶ βασιλεὺς, κριτὴς δεινὸς, υῖὸς τοῦ διαβόλου, φησὶν ὁ προφήτης· « Δὰν κρινεῖ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ καὶ μία φυλὴ ἐν Ἰσραήλ. » Ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις, τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὸν Σαμψὼν εἰρῆσθαι, ὅς ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δὰν γεννηθεὶς, ἔκρινε τὸν λαὸν εἴκοσιν ἔτη. Τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαμψὼν μερικῶς γεγένηται· τὸ δὲ καθόλου γενήσεται ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντίχριστον. Λέγει γὰρ καὶ Ἰερεμίας οὕτως· « Φωνὴν ἐκ Δὰν ἀκουσώμεθα ὀξύτητος ἴππων αὐτοῦ, [ἀπὸ φωνῆς χρεμετισμοῦ ἱππασίας ἴππων αὐτοῦ] ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ γῆ. » Λέγει δὲ καὶ ἔτερος προφήτης· « Συνάξει πᾶσαν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἀφʼ ἡλίου ἀνατολῶν ἄχρις ἡλίου δυσμῶν· ος κεκλήκοι καὶ οὐς οὐ κεκλήκοι πορευθήσονται μετʼ αὐτοῦ. Λευκανεῖ τὴν θάλασσαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἱστίων τῶν πλοίων, καὶ μελανεῖ τὸ πεδίον ἀπὸ τῶν θυρεῶν τῶν ὅπλων· καὶ πᾶς ὅς ἄν συναντήσῃ αὐτῷ ἐν πολέμῳ, μαχαίρᾳ πεσεῖται. » Ὁτι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλον τινὰ εἴρηται, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν τύραννον καὶ ἀναιδῆ καὶ θεομάχον, δείξομεν διὰ τῶν ἐξῆς.

Hoti men gar ontōs ek tēs Dan phylēs mellei gennasthai kai anistasthai tyrannos kai basileus, kritēs deinos, uios tou diabolou, phēsin ho prophētēs; « Dan krinei ton laon autou, hōsei kai mia phylē en Israēl. » Allʼ erei tis, touto epi ton Sampsōn eirēsthai, hos ek tēs phylēs tou Dan gennētheis, ekrine ton laon eikosin etē. To men epi tou Sampsōn merikōs gegenētai; to de katholou genēsetai epi ton Antichriston. Legei gar kai Ieremias houtōs; « Phōnēn ek Dan akousōmetha oxytētos ippōn autou, [apo phōnēs chremetismou hippasias ippōn autou] eseisthē pasa hē gē. » Legei de kai eteros prophētēs; « Synaxei pasan dynamin autou aphʼ hēliou anatolōn achris hēliou dysmōn; os keklēkoi kai ous ou keklēkoi poreuthēsontai metʼ autou. Leukanei tēn thalassan apo tōn histiōn tōn ploiōn, kai melanei to pedion apo tōn thyreōn tōn hoplōn; kai pas hos an synantēsę̄ autǭ en polemǭ, machairą peseitai. » Hoti men oun tauta ouk epʼ allon tina eirētai, allʼ epi ton tyrannon kai anaidē kai theomachon, deixomen dia tōn exēs.

That a tyrant and king, a terrible judge, a son of the devil, is indeed to be born and to arise from the tribe of Dan, the prophet says: "Dan shall judge his people, as also one tribe in Israel." But someone will say that this was spoken of Samson, who was born of the tribe of Dan and judged the people twenty years. What happened in Samson's case happened in part; but the whole will come to pass in Antichrist. For Jeremiah too speaks thus: "From Dan we shall hear the sound of the swiftness of his horses; at the sound of the neighing of the riding of his horses the whole earth shook." And another prophet says: "He will gather all his force from the rising of the sun to its setting; those whom he has called and those whom he has not called will go with him. He will make the sea white with the sails of the ships, and the plain black with the shields of the armed men; and everyone who meets him in war will fall by the sword." That these things are said not of anyone else but of the tyrant, the shameless one, the fighter against God, we will show in what follows.

Chapter 16

16PG 10:740b–740d

Λέγει καὶ Ἡσαΐας οὕτως· « Καὶ ἔσται ὅταν συντελέσῃ Κύριος πάντα ποιῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ὅρει τῷ Σιὼν καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, ἐπάξει ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν τὸν μέγαν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς δόξης τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. Εἶπε γάρ· Τῇ ἰσχύϊ ποιήσω, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τῆς συνέσεως ἀφελῶ ὅρια ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνομεύσω, καὶ σείσω πόλεις κατοικουμένας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήψομαι τῇ χειρί μου, ὡς νοσσιὰν, καὶ ὡς καταλελειμμένα ὡὰ ἀρῶ· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, ὅς διαφεύξεται ἢ ἀντείπῃ μοι, [καὶ ἀνοίγων τὸ στόμα καὶ στρουθίζων. Μὴ δοξασθήσεται ἀξίνη ἄνευ τοῦ κόπτοντος ἐν αὐτῇ; ἢ ὑψωθήσεται πρίων ἄνευ τοῦ ἔλκοντος αὐτόν; Ὡσαύτως, ἐάν τις ἄρῃ ῥάβδον ἢ ξύλον, ὑψωθήσεται ξύλον·] καὶ οὐχ οὕτως. Ἀλλὰ ἀποστελεῖ Ἀδωναῖ εἰς τὴν σὴν τιμὴν ἀτιμίαν, καὶ εἰς τὴν σὴν δόξαν πῦρ καιόμενον καυθήσεται. Καὶ τὸ φῶς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ πῦρ. καὶ ἀγιάσει αὐτὸν ἐν φλογὶ, καὶ φάγεται ὡς χόρτον τὴν ὕλην.

Legei kai Hēsaïas houtōs; « Kai estai hotan syntelesę̄ Kyrios panta poiōn epi tǭ horei tǭ Siōn kai en Ierousalēm, epaxei epi ton noun ton megan, epi ton archonta tōn Assyriōn, kai epi to hypsos tēs doxēs tōn ophthalmōn autou. Eipe gar; Tę̄ ischyï poiēsō, kai tę̄ sophią tēs syneseōs aphelō horia ethnōn, kai tēn ischyn autōn pronomeusō, kai seisō poleis katoikoumenas, kai tēn oikoumenēn holēn katalēpsomai tę̄ cheiri mou, hōs nossian, kai hōs kataleleimmena hōa arō; kai ouk estin, hos diapheuxetai ē anteipę̄ moi, [kai anoigōn to stoma kai strouthizōn. Mē doxasthēsetai axinē aneu tou koptontos en autę̄? ē hypsōthēsetai priōn aneu tou elkontos auton? Hōsautōs, ean tis arę̄ rhabdon ē xylon, hypsōthēsetai xylon;] kai ouch houtōs. Alla apostelei Adōnai eis tēn sēn timēn atimian, kai eis tēn sēn doxan pyr kaiomenon kauthēsetai. Kai to phōs tou Israēl pyr. kai agiasei auton en phlogi, kai phagetai hōs chorton tēn hylēn.

Isaiah too speaks thus: "And it shall be, when the Lord has finished doing all things on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem, he will bring (judgment) upon the great mind, upon the ruler of the Assyrians, and upon the height of the glory of his eyes. For he said: By my strength I will do it, and by the wisdom of my understanding I will remove the boundaries of nations and plunder their strength; I will shake inhabited cities, and I will grasp the whole world in my hand like a nest, and take it up like abandoned eggs; and there is none who will escape me or contradict me, and open his mouth and chirp. Shall the axe be glorified without the one who hews with it? Or shall the saw be lifted up without the one who draws it? Likewise, if one lifts a rod or a piece of wood, the wood will be lifted up; and not so. But the Lord will send dishonour upon your honour, and on your glory a burning fire will burn. And the light of Israel will be a fire, and he will sanctify him in flame, and will devour the forest like grass."

Chapter 17

17PG 10:740d–741b

Καὶ πάλιν ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει· « Πῶς ἀναπέπαυται ὁ ἀπαιτῶν, καὶ πῶς ἀναπέπαυται ὁ ἐπισπουδαστής; Συνέτριψεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ζυγὸν τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν ἀμαρτωλῶν· πατάξας ἔθνος ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ἐν πληγῇ ἀνιάτῳ· παίων ἔθνος πληγῇ ἀνιάτῳ, ἢ οὐκ ἐφείσατο. Ἀνεπαύσατο πεποιθὼς, πᾶσα ἡ γῆ βοᾷ μετʼ εὐφροσύνης. Τὰ ξύλα τοῦ Λιβάνου ηὐφράνθησαν ἐπὶ σοὶ, καὶ ἡ κέδρος τοῦ Λιβάνου. Ἀφʼ οὗ σὺ κεκοίμησαι, οὐκ ἀνέβη ὁ κόπτων ἡμᾶς. Ὁ ἅδης κάτω ἐπικράνθη συναντήσας σοι· συνηγέρθησαν πάντες οἱ γίγαντες οἱ ἄρξαντες τῆς γῆς, οἱ κοίρανοι ἐκ τῶν θρόνων αὐ- -υ. Πάντες βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν, ἅμα πάντες ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ ἐροῦσι· Καὶ σὺ ἐάλως ῶσπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς· ἐν ἡμῖν δὲ κατελογίσθης· κατέβη εἰς γῆν ἡ δόξα σου, ἡ πολλὴ εὐφροσύνη σου· ὑποκάτω σου στρώσουσι σῆψιν· τὸ δὲ κατακάλυμμά σου σκώληξ. Πῶς ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ Ἑωσφόρος, ὁ πρωῒ ἀνατέλλων; Συνετρίβη εἰς τὴν γῆν ὁ ἀποστέλλων εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Σὺ δὲ εἶπας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ σου· Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου, καθιῶ ἐν ὄρεσιν ὑψηλοῖς τοῖς πρὸς βοῤῥᾶν· ἀναβήσομαι ἐπάνω τῶν νεφελῶν, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ Υψίστῳ. Νυνὶ δὲ εἰς ἀδην καταβήσῃ, καὶ εἰς τὰ θεμέλια τῆςγῆς. Oἱ ἰδόντες σε θαυμάσουσιν ἐπὶ σοὶ καὶ ἐροῦσιν· Οὗτος ὁ ἀνθρωπος ὁ παροξύνων τὴν γῆν, ὁ σείων βασιλεῖς, ὁ θεὶς τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην ἔρημον, καὶ τὰς πόλεις καθεἶλε, τοὺς ἐν ἐπαγωγῇ οὐκ ἔλυσε. Πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἐκοιμήθησαν ἐν τιμῇ, ἄνθρωπος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· σὺ δὲ ῥιφθήσῃ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, ὡς νεκρὸς ἐβδελυγμένος, μετὰ πολλῶν πεπτωκότων ἐκκεκεντημένων μαχαίρᾳ, καταβαινόντων εἰς ἅδην. Ὁν τρόπον ἱμάτιον ἐν αἶματι πεφυρμένον οὐκ ἔστι καθαρὸν, οὕτως οὐδὲ σὺ ἔσῃ κομψός· ὅτι τὴν γῆν μου ἀπώλεσας, καὶ τὸν λαόν μου ἀπέκτεινας. Οὐ μὴ μείνῃς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνιος, σπέρμα πονηρόν. Ἐτοίμασον τὰ τέκνα σου εἰς σφαγὴν ταῖς ἀμαρτίαις τοῦ πατρός σου, ἵνα μὴ ἀναστῶσι, καὶ τὴν γῆν μου οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν.

Kai palin en heterǭ legei; « Pōs anapepautai ho apaitōn, kai pōs anapepautai ho epispoudastēs? Synetripsen ho Theos ton zygon tōn archontōn tōn amartōlōn; pataxas ethnos en thymǭ kai en plēgę̄ aniatǭ; paiōn ethnos plēgę̄ aniatǭ, ē ouk epheisato. Anepausato pepoithōs, pasa hē gē boą metʼ euphrosynēs. Ta xyla tou Libanou ēuphranthēsan epi soi, kai hē kedros tou Libanou. Aphʼ hou sy kekoimēsai, ouk anebē ho koptōn hēmas. Ho hadēs katō epikranthē synantēsas soi; synēgerthēsan pantes hoi gigantes hoi arxantes tēs gēs, hoi koiranoi ek tōn thronōn au- -y. Pantes basileis ethnōn, hama pantes apokrithēsontai kai erousi; Kai sy ealōs ōsper kai hēmeis; en hēmin de katelogisthēs; katebē eis gēn hē doxa sou, hē pollē euphrosynē sou; hypokatō sou strōsousi sēpsin; to de katakalymma sou skōlēx. Pōs epesen ek tou ouranou ho Heōsphoros, ho prōï anatellōn? Synetribē eis tēn gēn ho apostellōn eis panta ta ethnē. Sy de eipas en tę̄ dianoią sou; Eis ton ouranon anabēsomai, epanō tōn astrōn tou ouranou thēsō ton thronon mou, kathiō en oresin hypsēlois tois pros borrhan; anabēsomai epanō tōn nephelōn, esomai homoios tǭ Ypsistǭ. Nyni de eis adēn katabēsę̄, kai eis ta themelia tēsgēs. Ohi idontes se thaumasousin epi soi kai erousin; Houtos ho anthrōpos ho paroxynōn tēn gēn, ho seiōn basileis, ho theis tēn oikoumenēn holēn erēmon, kai tas poleis katheile, tous en epagōgę̄ ouk elyse. Pantes hoi basileis tēs gēs ekoimēthēsan en timę̄, anthrōpos en tǭ oikǭ autou; sy de rhiphthēsę̄ en tois oresin, hōs nekros ebdelygmenos, meta pollōn peptōkotōn ekkekentēmenōn machairą, katabainontōn eis hadēn. Hon tropon himation en aimati pephyrmenon ouk esti katharon, houtōs oude sy esę̄ kompsos; hoti tēn gēn mou apōlesas, kai ton laon mou apekteinas. Ou mē meinę̄s eis ton aiōna chronios, sperma ponēron. Etoimason ta tekna sou eis sphagēn tais amartiais tou patros sou, hina mē anastōsi, kai tēn gēn mou ou klēronomēsousin.

And again, in another place, he says: "How the exactor has ceased, and how the taskmaster has ceased! God has broken the yoke of the rulers of sinners, he who struck a nation in wrath with an incurable blow, striking a nation with an incurable blow, which he did not spare. He has rested in confidence; the whole earth cries out with gladness. The trees of Lebanon rejoiced over you, and the cedar of Lebanon: since you have lain down, no one has come up to cut us down. Hades below was embittered at meeting you; all the giants who ruled the earth were roused together, the lords from their thrones. All the kings of the nations, all together, will answer and say: You too have been taken, as we were; you have been counted among us. Your glory has gone down to the earth, your great gladness; beneath you they will spread decay, and the worm will be your covering. How has the Morning Star fallen from heaven, he who rose early! He who sent to all the nations has been crushed to the earth. But you said in your mind: I will go up to heaven; above the stars of heaven I will set my throne; I will sit on high mountains toward the north; I will go up above the clouds; I will be like the Most High. But now you will go down to Hades, to the foundations of the earth. Those who see you will marvel at you and say: This is the man who provoked the earth, who shook kings, who made the whole world a desert and pulled down its cities, and did not release those in captivity. All the kings of the earth have lain down in honour, each in his own house; but you will be cast out on the mountains like a loathed corpse, with many fallen who were pierced with the sword, going down to Hades. As a garment soaked in blood is not clean, so neither will you be comely, because you destroyed my land and killed my people. You will not remain for ever, evil seed. Prepare your children for slaughter for the sins of your father, so that they may not rise and inherit my land."

Chapter 18

18PG 10:741b–741d

Ἰεζεκιὴλ δὲ ὁμοίως λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ οὕτως· « Τάδε λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεός· Ἀνθ ὧν ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου, καὶ εἶπας, Θεός εἰμι ἐγὼ, κατοικίαν Θεοῦ ἐνώκησα ἐν καρδίᾳ θαλάσσης· σὺ δὲ ἄνθρωπος καὶ οὐ Θεὸς, ἔδωκας τὴν καρδίαν σου ὡς καρδίαν Θεοῦ. Μὴ σοφώτερος εἶ τοῦ Δανιήλ; Σοφοὶ οὐκ ἐπαίδευσάν σε τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ αὐτῶν; μὴ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ σου, ἢ ἐν τῇ φρονήσει σου ἐποίησας σεαυτῷ δύναμιν καὶ χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον ἐν τοῖς θησαυροῖς σου; Μὴ ἐν τῇ πολλῇ ἐπιστήμῃ σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐμπειρίᾳ σου ἐπλήθυνας δύναμίν σου; Ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου. Διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεός· Ἐπειδὴ ἔδωκας τὴν καρδίαν σου ὡς καρδίαν Θεοῦ, ἀντὶ τούτου, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐπάγω ἐπὶ σὲ ἀλλοτρίους λοιμοὺς ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἐκκενώσουσι τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ κάλλος τῆς ἐπιστήμης σου, καὶ στρώσουσι τὸ κάλλος σου εἰς ἀπώλειαν, καὶ καταβιβάσουσί σε, καὶ ἀποθανῇ θανάτῳ τραυματιῶν ἐν καρδίᾳ θαλάσσης. Μὴ λέγων ἐρεῖς· Θεός εἰμι ἐγω, ἐνώπιον [τῶν ἀναιρούντων σε; σὺ δὲ εἶ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐ Θεὸς, ἐν χειρὶ τιτρωσκόντων σε. Θανάτοις ἀπεριτμήτων ἀπολῇ ἐν χερσὶν ἀλλοτρίων· ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐλάλησα, λέγει Κύριος.

Iezekiēl de homoiōs legei peri autou houtōs; « Tade legei Kyrios ho Theos; Anth hōn hypsōthē hē kardia sou, kai eipas, Theos eimi egō, katoikian Theou enōkēsa en kardią thalassēs; sy de anthrōpos kai ou Theos, edōkas tēn kardian sou hōs kardian Theou. Mē sophōteros ei tou Daniēl? Sophoi ouk epaideusan se tę̄ epistēmę̄ autōn? mē en tę̄ epistēmę̄ sou, ē en tę̄ phronēsei sou epoiēsas seautǭ dynamin kai chrysion kai argyrion en tois thēsaurois sou? Mē en tę̄ pollę̄ epistēmę̄ sou, kai en tę̄ empeirią sou eplēthynas dynamin sou? Hypsōthē hē kardia sou en tę̄ dynamei sou. Dia touto tade legei Kyrios ho Theos; Epeidē edōkas tēn kardian sou hōs kardian Theou, anti toutou, idou egō epagō epi se allotrious loimous apo ethnōn, kai ekkenōsousi tas machairas autōn epi se kai epi to kallos tēs epistēmēs sou, kai strōsousi to kallos sou eis apōleian, kai katabibasousi se, kai apothanę̄ thanatǭ traumatiōn en kardią thalassēs. Mē legōn ereis; Theos eimi egō, enōpion [tōn anairountōn se? sy de ei anthrōpos, kai ou Theos, en cheiri titrōskontōn se. Thanatois aperitmētōn apolę̄ en chersin allotriōn; hoti egō elalēsa, legei Kyrios.

Ezekiel likewise speaks of him thus: "Thus says the Lord God: Because your heart was lifted up, and you said, I am God, I have dwelt in the dwelling of God in the heart of the sea; yet you are a man and not God, and you have set your heart as the heart of God. Are you wiser than Daniel? Did not the wise instruct you with their knowledge? Was it by your knowledge or by your understanding that you gained power for yourself, and gold and silver in your treasuries? Was it by your great knowledge and your skill that you multiplied your power? Your heart was lifted up in your power. Therefore thus says the Lord God: Since you have set your heart as the heart of God, for this, behold, I am bringing upon you strangers, plagues from the nations, and they will draw their swords against you and against the beauty of your knowledge, and they will lay your beauty low in destruction, and they will bring you down, and you will die the death of the slain in the heart of the sea. Will you really say, I am God, before those who slay you? But you are a man and not God, in the hand of those who wound you. You will perish by the deaths of the uncircumcised at the hands of strangers; for I have spoken, says the Lord."

Chapter 19

19PG 10:741d–744b

Τούτων τῶν οὖν ῥημάτων δεδειγμένων, ἴδωμεν λεπτομερέστερον τί λέγει Δανιὴλ ἐν τοῖς ὀράμασιν. Οὗτος γὰρ διαστέλλων τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσομένας βασιλείας, ἐπέδειξεν ἐν ἐσχάτοις καιροῖς καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου παρουσίαν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου συντέλειαν. Λέγει οὖν ἐπιλύων τὸ ὅραμα Ναβουχοδονοσορ· « Σὺ βασιλεῦ ἐθεώρεις, καὶ ἰδοὺ εἰκὼν μεγάλη ἐστῶσα πρὸ προσώπου σου· ἦς ἡ κεφαλὴ χρυσίου χρηστοῦ· οἱ βραχίονες αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ ὦμοι ἀργυροῖ· ἡ κοιλία καὶ οἱ μηροὶ χαλκοῖ καὶ αἱ κνῆμαι σιδηραῖ· οἱ πόδες, μέρος μέν τοι σιδηροῦν, καὶ μέρος ὀστράκινον. Ἐθεώρεις οὖν ἔως οὗ ἐσχίσθη λίθος ἄνευ χειρῶν, καὶ ἐπάταξε τὴν εἰκόνα ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας τοὺς σιδηροῦς καὶ ὀστρακίνους, καὶ ἐλέπτυνεν αὐτοός εἰς τέλος. Τότε ἐλεπτύνθησαν εἰσάπαξ τὸ ὄστρααον, ὁ σίδηρος, ὁ χαλκὸς, ὁ ἄργυρος, ὁ χρυσὸς, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὡσεὶ κονιορτὸς ἀπὸ ἅλωνος θερινῆς, καὶ ἐξῆρεν αὐτὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν αὐτοῖς· καὶ ὁ λίθος ὁ πατάξας τὴν εἰκόνα, ἐγενήθη εἰς ὄρος μέγα, καὶ ἐπλήρωσε πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.

Toutōn tōn oun rhēmatōn dedeigmenōn, idōmen leptomeresteron ti legei Daniēl en tois oramasin. Houtos gar diastellōn tas meta tauta esomenas basileias, epedeixen en eschatois kairois kai tēn tou Antichristou parousian, kai tēn tou pantos kosmou synteleian. Legei oun epilyōn to horama Nabouchodonosor; « Sy basileu etheōreis, kai idou eikōn megalē estōsa pro prosōpou sou; ēs hē kephalē chrysiou chrēstou; hoi brachiones autēs, kai hoi ōmoi argyroi; hē koilia kai hoi mēroi chalkoi kai hai knēmai sidērai; hoi podes, meros men toi sidēroun, kai meros ostrakinon. Etheōreis oun eōs hou eschisthē lithos aneu cheirōn, kai epataxe tēn eikona epi tous podas tous sidērous kai ostrakinous, kai eleptynen autoos eis telos. Tote eleptynthēsan eisapax to ostraaon, ho sidēros, ho chalkos, ho argyros, ho chrysos, kai egenonto hōsei koniortos apo halōnos therinēs, kai exēren auta to plēthos tou pneumatos, kai topos ouch heurethē en autois; kai ho lithos ho pataxas tēn eikona, egenēthē eis oros mega, kai eplērōse pasan tēn gēn.

These words, then, having been set out, let us see in more detail what Daniel says in his visions. For in distinguishing the kingdoms that were to come after these things, he showed also the coming of Antichrist in the last times and the consummation of the whole world. So, interpreting Nebuchadnezzar's vision, he says: "You, O king, were looking, and behold, a great image standing before your face, whose head was of fine gold, its arms and shoulders of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, and its legs of iron; its feet part of iron and part of clay. You looked, then, until a stone was cut out without hands and struck the image on its feet of iron and clay, and ground them to powder completely. Then the clay, the iron, the bronze, the silver and the gold were ground to powder at once, and became like dust from a summer threshing floor; and the force of the wind carried them away, and no place was found for them. And the stone that struck the image became a great mountain and filled the whole earth."

Chapter 20

20PG 10:744b–744c

Συνάψαντες οὖν πρὸς τούτοις καὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Δανιὴλ ὀράσεις, μίαν ἀμφοτέροις τὴν διήγησιν ποιησόμεθα, ἐπιδεικνύντες ὅπως εἴη σύμφωνα καὶ ἀληθῆ. Λέγει γὰρ οὕτως· Ἐγὼ Δανιὴλ ἐθεώρουν, καὶ ἰδοὺ οἱ τέσσαρες ἄνεμοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ προσέβαλον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν μεγάλην· καὶ τέσσαρα θηρία μεγάλα ἀνέβαινον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης, διαφέροντα ἀλλήλων. Τὸ πρῶτον, ὡσεὶ λέαινα, καὶ πτερὰ αὐτῇ ὡς ἀετοῦ. Ἐθεώρουν ἔως ἐξετίλη τὰ πτερὰ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξήρθη ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. ὸ ἐπὶ ποδῶν ἀνθρώπου ἐστάθη, καὶ καρδία ἀνθρώπου ἐδόθη αὐτῇ. Καὶ ἰδοὺ θηρίον δεύτερον ὅμοιον ἄρκῳ, καὶ εἰς μέρος ἐστάθη ἐν, καὶ τρία πλευρὰ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῆς. Ἐθεώρουν, καὶ ἰδοὺ θηρίον ὡσεὶ πάρδαλις, καὶ αὐτῇ πτερὰ τέσσαρα πετεινοῦ ὑπεράνο. αὐτῆς, καὶ τέσσαρες κεφαλαὶ τῷ θηρίῳ. Ὀπίσω τούτου ἐθεώρουν, καὶ ἰδοὺ θηρίον τέταρτον φοβερὸν καὶ ἔκθαμβον καὶ ἰσχυρὸν περισσῶς· οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ σιδηρο [καὶ οἰ ὄνυχες αὐτοῦ χαλκοῖ], ἐσθίον καὶ λεπτῦνον, καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ συνεπάτει· αφὶ αὐτὸ διαφόρως ἔχον παρὰ πάντα τὰ θηρία τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κέρατα δέκα αὐτῷ. Προσενόουν τοῖς κέρασιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ κέρας ἔτερον μικρὸν ἀνέβη ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν, καὶ τρία κέρατα τῶν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἐξεῤῥιζώθη ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ· καὶ δο. ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡσεὶ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ κέρατι τούτῳ αὶ στόμα λαλοῦν μεγάλα.

Synapsantes oun pros toutois kai tas autou tou Daniēl oraseis, mian amphoterois tēn diēgēsin poiēsometha, epideiknyntes hopōs eiē symphōna kai alēthē. Legei gar houtōs; Egō Daniēl etheōroun, kai idou hoi tessares anemoi tou ouranou prosebalon eis tēn thalassan tēn megalēn; kai tessara thēria megala anebainon ek tēs thalassēs, diapheronta allēlōn. To prōton, hōsei leaina, kai ptera autę̄ hōs aetou. Etheōroun eōs exetilē ta ptera autēs, kai exērthē apo tēs gēs. o epi podōn anthrōpou estathē, kai kardia anthrōpou edothē autę̄. Kai idou thērion deuteron homoion arkǭ, kai eis meros estathē en, kai tria pleura en tǭ stomati autēs. Etheōroun, kai idou thērion hōsei pardalis, kai autę̄ ptera tessara peteinou hyperano. autēs, kai tessares kephalai tǭ thēriǭ. Opisō toutou etheōroun, kai idou thērion tetarton phoberon kai ekthambon kai ischyron perissōs; hoi odontes autou sidēro [kai oi onyches autou chalkoi], esthion kai leptynon, kai ta epiloipa tois posin autou synepatei; aphi auto diaphorōs echon para panta ta thēria ta emprosthen autou, kai kerata deka autǭ. Prosenooun tois kerasin autou, kai idou keras eteron mikron anebē en mesǭ autōn, kai tria kerata tōn emprosthen autou exerrhizōthē apo prosōpou autou; kai do. ophthalmoi hōsei anthrōpou en tǭ kerati toutǭ ai stoma laloun megala.

Joining to these, then, the visions of Daniel himself, we will make one account of both, showing how they agree and are true. For he speaks thus: "I, Daniel, was looking, and behold, the four winds of heaven burst upon the great sea; and four great beasts came up out of the sea, differing from one another. The first was like a lioness, and she had wings like an eagle's. I looked until her wings were plucked off, and she was lifted up from the earth and made to stand on the feet of a man, and a man's heart was given to her. And behold, a second beast, like a bear, and it stood on one side, and three ribs were in its mouth. I looked, and behold, a beast like a leopard, and it had four wings of a bird above it, and the beast had four heads. After this I looked, and behold, a fourth beast, terrible and dreadful and exceedingly strong; its teeth were of iron [and its claws of bronze], devouring and grinding, and trampling the rest with its feet; and it was different from all the beasts before it, and it had ten horns. I considered its horns, and behold, another little horn came up in their midst, and three of the horns before it were plucked up by the roots before it; and behold, eyes like a man's were in this horn, and a mouth speaking great things."

Chapter 21

21PG 10:744d–745a

« Ἐθεώρουν ἔως οὗ θρόνοι ἐτέθησαν, καὶ ὁ Παλαιὸς τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκάθητο· καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸ ὡσεὶ χιὼν, καὶ ἡ θρὶξ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριο καθαρόν· ὁ θρόνος αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρὸς, οἱ τροχοὶ αὐτο. πῦρ φλέγον. Ποταμὸς πυρὸς εἶλκεν ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. Χίλιαι χιλιάδες ἐλειτούργουν αὐτῷ, καὶ μύριαι μυριάδες παρειστήκεισαν αὐτῷ. Κριτήριον ἐκάθισε, καὶ βίβλοι ἡνεώχθησαν. Ἐθεώρουν τότε ἀπὸ φωνῆς τῶν λόγων τῶν μεγάλων, ὧν τὸ κέρας ἐλάλει, ἔως ἀνῃρέθη τὸ θηρίον καὶ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός. Καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν θηρίων ἡ ἀρχὴ μετεστάθη.

« Etheōroun eōs hou thronoi etethēsan, kai ho Palaios tōn hēmerōn ekathēto; kai to endyma autou leuko hōsei chiōn, kai hē thrix tēs kephalēs autou hōsei erio katharon; ho thronos autou phlox pyros, hoi trochoi auto. pyr phlegon. Potamos pyros eilken emprosthen autou. Chiliai chiliades eleitourgoun autǭ, kai myriai myriades pareistēkeisan autǭ. Kritērion ekathise, kai bibloi hēneōchthēsan. Etheōroun tote apo phōnēs tōn logōn tōn megalōn, hōn to keras elalei, eōs anę̄rethē to thērion kai apōleto, kai to sōma autou edothē eis kausin pyros. Kai tōn loipōn thēriōn hē archē metestathē.

"I looked until thrones were set, and the Ancient of Days sat; his clothing was white as snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool; his throne was a flame of fire, its wheels burning fire. A river of fire flowed before him. A thousand thousands ministered to him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him. The court sat, and books were opened. I looked then, because of the sound of the great words that the horn was speaking, until the beast was slain and perished, and its body was given to the burning of fire. And the dominion of the rest of the beasts was taken away."

Chapter 22

22PG 10:745a–745b

« Ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὀράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὡς Υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἦν· καὶ ἔως τοῦ Παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασε, καὶ προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ. Καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιιμὴ, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία· καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοὶ, φυλαὶ καὶ γλῶσσαι δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ. Ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ, ἐξουσία αἰώνιος, ἤτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. »

« Etheōroun en oramati tēs nyktos, kai idou meta tōn nephelōn tou ouranou, hōs Huios anthrōpou erchomenos ēn; kai eōs tou Palaiou tōn hēmerōn ephthase, kai prosēnechthē autǭ. Kai autǭ edothē hē archē kai hē tiimē, kai hē basileia; kai pantes hoi laoi, phylai kai glōssai douleusousin autǭ. Hē exousia autou, exousia aiōnios, ētis ou pareleusetai, kai hē basileia autou ou diaphtharēsetai. »

"I looked in the night vision, and behold, with the clouds of heaven one like a son of man was coming; and he came as far as the Ancient of Days and was presented to him. And to him was given the dominion and the honour and the kingdom; and all the peoples, tribes, and tongues will serve him. His authority is an everlasting authority, which will not pass away, and his kingdom will not be destroyed."

Chapter 23

23PG 10:745b

Ἐπεὶ οὖν δυσνόητά τισι δοκεῖ εἶναι ταῦτα τὰ μυ στικῶς εἰρημένα, οὐδὲν τούτων ἀποκρύψομεν πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῖς ὑγιῆ νοῷν κεκτημένοις. Λέαιναν γὰρ εἶπεν ἀναβαίνουσαν ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης· τὴν τῶν Βαβυλωνίων βασιλείαν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐσήμανε, ταύτης οὕσαν τῆς εἰκονος χρυσῆν κεφαλήν. Τὸ δὲ λέγειν· « Πτερὰ αὐτῇ ὡσεὶἀετοῦ, » ὅτι ὑψώθη ὁ βασιλεὺς Ναβουχοδονόσορ, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπήρθη. Εἶτά φησιν· « Ἐξετίλη τὰ πτερὰ αὐτῆς, » ὅτι καθηρέθη αὐτοῦ ἡ δόξα· ἐξεδιώχθη γὰρ ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. Τὸ δὲ εἰπεῖν· « Καρδία ἀνθρώπου ἐδόθη αὐτῇ, καὶ ἐπὶ ποδῶν ἀνθρώπου ἐστάθη· » ὅτι μετενόησεν, ἐπιγνοὺς ἐαυτὸν, ὅτι ἄνθρωπός ἐστι· καὶ ἔδωκε τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ.

Epei oun dysnoēta tisi dokei einai tauta ta my stikōs eirēmena, ouden toutōn apokrypsomen pros epignōsin tois hygiē noǭn kektēmenois. Leainan gar eipen anabainousan ek tēs thalassēs; tēn tōn Babylōniōn basileian en tǭ kosmǭ esēmane, tautēs housan tēs eikonos chrysēn kephalēn. To de legein; « Ptera autę̄ hōseiaetou, » hoti hypsōthē ho basileus Nabouchodonosor, kai kata tou Theou epērthē. Eita phēsin; « Exetilē ta ptera autēs, » hoti kathērethē autou hē doxa; exediōchthē gar ek tēs basileias autou. To de eipein; « Kardia anthrōpou edothē autę̄, kai epi podōn anthrōpou estathē; » hoti metenoēsen, epignous eauton, hoti anthrōpos esti; kai edōke tēn doxan tǭ Theǭ.

Since, then, these things spoken in a hidden manner seem hard for some to understand, we shall conceal none of them, for the instruction of those who have a sound mind. By the lioness coming up out of the sea he signified the kingdom of the Babylonians in the world, which was the golden head of the image. By saying, "She had wings like an eagle's," (he meant) that King Nebuchadnezzar was lifted up and exalted himself against God. Then he says, "Her wings were plucked off," because his glory was brought down; for he was driven out of his kingdom. And by saying, "A man's heart was given to her, and she was made to stand on the feet of a man," (he meant) that he repented, recognizing that he was a man, and gave the glory to God.

Chapter 24

24PG 10:745c

Μετὰ γοῦν τὴν λέαιναν, δεύτερον θηρίον ὀρᾷ ὅμοιον ἄρκτῳ, ὅπερ ἦσαν οἱ Πέρσαι. Μετὰ γὰρ Βαβυλωνίους Πέρσαι διεκράτησαν. Τὸ δὲ λέγειν· « Τρία πλευρὰ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῆς, » τρία ἔθνη ἔδειξε, Πέρσας, καὶ Μήδους, καὶ Βαβυλωνίους, ὅπερ δέδεικται μετὰ τὸν χρυσὸν ὁ ἄργυρος ἐν τῇ εἰκόνι. Ἐπειτα τὸ τρίτον θηρίον πάρδαλις, οἶτινες ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες. Μετὰ γὰρ Πέρσας Ἀλέξανδρος ἐκράτησεν ὁ Μακεδὼν, καθελὼν Δαρεῖον, ὡς δέδεικται ἐν τῇ εἴκόνι ὁ χαλκός. Τὸ δὲ λέγειν· « Πτερὰ τέσσαρα πετεινοῦ, » σαφέστατα ἐδίδαξε, πῶς διεμερίσθη ἡ βασιλεία Ἀλεξάνδρου· « τέσσαρας γὰρ κεφαλὰς » εἰπὼν, τοὺς τέσσαρας βασιλεῖς, τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀναστάντας ἐμνημόνευσε. Τελευτῶν γὰρ Ἀλέξανδρος διεῖλε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ εἰς τέσσαρα μέρη.

Meta goun tēn leainan, deuteron thērion orą homoion arktǭ, hoper ēsan hoi Persai. Meta gar Babylōnious Persai diekratēsan. To de legein; « Tria pleura en tǭ stomati autēs, » tria ethnē edeixe, Persas, kai Mēdous, kai Babylōnious, hoper dedeiktai meta ton chryson ho argyros en tę̄ eikoni. Epeita to triton thērion pardalis, oitines ēsan hoi Hellēnes. Meta gar Persas Alexandros ekratēsen ho Makedōn, kathelōn Dareion, hōs dedeiktai en tę̄ eikoni ho chalkos. To de legein; « Ptera tessara peteinou, » saphestata edidaxe, pōs diemeristhē hē basileia Alexandrou; « tessaras gar kephalas » eipōn, tous tessaras basileis, tous ex autēs anastantas emnēmoneuse. Teleutōn gar Alexandros dieile tēn basileian autou eis tessara merē.

After the lioness, then, he sees a second beast like a bear, which was the Persians; for after the Babylonians the Persians held power. By saying "three ribs in its mouth" he pointed to three nations, the Persians, the Medes, and the Babylonians, which is what was shown in the image as the silver after the gold. Then the third beast, the leopard, which was the Greeks; for after the Persians Alexander the Macedonian ruled, having overthrown Darius, as was shown in the image by the bronze. And by saying "four wings of a bird" he taught most clearly how the kingdom of Alexander was divided; for in saying "four heads" he spoke of the four kings who arose from it. For when Alexander died he divided his kingdom into four parts.

Chapter 25

25PG 10:748a–748b

Ἐπειτά φησι· « Θηρίον τέταρτον φοβερὸν καὶ ἔκθαμβον·οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτοῦ σιδηροῖ, καὶ οἱ ὄνυχες αὐτοῦ χαλκοῖ.» Τίνες οὗτοι ἀλλʼ ἢ Ῥωμαῖοι; ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ σίδηρος, ἡ νῦν ἐστῶσα βασιλεία· αἱ κνῆμαι γὰρ αὐτῆς σιδηράῖ. Μετὰ γὰρ τοῦτο τί παρείλειπται, ἀγαπητὲ, ἀλλʼ ἢ τὰ ἴχνη τῶν ποδῶν τῆς εἰκόνος, ἐν οἶς μέρος μέντοι ἐστὶ σιδηροῦν, μέρος δέ τιι ὀστράκινον, ἀναμεμιγμένον εἰς ἄλληλα; Μυστικῶς ἐδήλωσε διὰ τῶν δακτύλων τῶν ποδῶν τοὺς βασιλεῖς, τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐγειρομένους, ἅπερ λέγει Δανιήλ· « Προσενόουν τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἰδοὺ δέκα κέρατα ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ,ἐν οἶς ἀναβήσεται ἕτερον παραφυάδιον, καὶ τρία τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐκριζώσει· » ὅπερ δέδεικται οὐχ ἔτερον, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ Ἀντίχριστος, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν Ἰουδαίων βασιλείαν ἀναστήσει. Τρία κέρατα λέγει ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκριζοῦσθαι, τοὺς τρεῖς βασιλεῖς Αἰγύπτου, Λιβύων τε καὶ Αἰθιόπων, οὖς ἀναιρεῖ ἐν παρατάξει πολέμου· ὅς κρατήσας πάντων δεινῶς, ὅμως τύραννος ὡν, θλίψιν καὶ διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιήσει, ἐπαιρόμενος κατʼ αὐτῶν. Λέγει γὰρ Δανιήλ· « Προσενόουν τῷ κέρατι, καὶ ἰδοὺ τὸ κέρας ἐκεῖνο ἐποίει πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν ἀγίων, καὶ ἴσχυε πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ἔως ἀνῃρέθη τὸ θηρίον καὶ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός. »

Epeita phēsi; « Thērion tetarton phoberon kai ekthambon;hoi odontes autou sidēroi, kai hoi onyches autou chalkoi.» Tines houtoi allʼ ē Rhōmaioi? hoper estin ho sidēros, hē nyn estōsa basileia; hai knēmai gar autēs sidērai. Meta gar touto ti pareileiptai, agapēte, allʼ ē ta ichnē tōn podōn tēs eikonos, en ois meros mentoi esti sidēroun, meros de tii ostrakinon, anamemigmenon eis allēla? Mystikōs edēlōse dia tōn daktylōn tōn podōn tous basileis, tous ex autōn egeiromenous, haper legei Daniēl; « Prosenooun to thērion, kai idou deka kerata opisō autou,en ois anabēsetai heteron paraphyadion, kai tria tōn pro autou ekrizōsei; » hoper dedeiktai ouch eteron, allʼ ē ho Antichristos, hos kai autos tēn Ioudaiōn basileian anastēsei. Tria kerata legei hypʼ autou ekrizousthai, tous treis basileis Aigyptou, Libyōn te kai Aithiopōn, ous anairei en parataxei polemou; hos kratēsas pantōn deinōs, homōs tyrannos hōn, thlipsin kai diōgmon epi tous anthrōpous poiēsei, epairomenos katʼ autōn. Legei gar Daniēl; « Prosenooun tǭ kerati, kai idou to keras ekeino epoiei polemon meta tōn agiōn, kai ischye pros autous, eōs anę̄rethē to thērion kai apōleto, kai to sōma autou edothē eis kausin pyros. »

Then he says: "A fourth beast, terrible and dreadful; its teeth of iron and its claws of bronze." Who are these but the Romans? This is the iron, the kingdom that now stands; for the legs of the image are of iron. After this, beloved, what is left but the footprints of the image, in which part is of iron and part of clay, mixed with one another? By the toes of the feet he showed in a mystery the kings who are to arise from them, as Daniel says: "I considered the beast, and behold, ten horns behind it, among which another small offshoot will come up and will uproot three of those before it." This has been shown to be none other than Antichrist, who will himself also restore the kingdom of the Jews. He says three horns are uprooted by him: the three kings of Egypt, of the Libyans, and of the Ethiopians, whom he destroys in battle array; and having mastered all in terrible fashion, being a tyrant, he will bring tribulation and persecution on people, exalting himself against them. For Daniel says: "I considered the horn, and behold, that horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the beast was slain and perished, and its body was given to the burning of fire."

Chapter 26

26PG 10:748b–748d

Μετʼ ὀλίγον ἤξει ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν ὁ λίθος ὁ πατάξας τὴν εἰκόνα, καὶ συντρίψας αὐτὴν, καὶ μεταστήσας πάσας τὰς βασιλείας, καὶ δοὺς τὴν βασιλείαν ἀγίοις Υψίστου. Οὗτος ὁ γενηθεὶς εἰς ὄρος μέγα, καὶ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, περὶ οὗ Δανιὴλ λέγει· « Ἐθεώρουν ἐν ὀράματι τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἰδοὺ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς Υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος,καὶ ἔφθασε ἕως τοῦ Παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ προσηνέχθη· καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ἡ άρχὴ καὶ ἡ τιιμὴ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοὶ, φυλαὶ καὶ γλῶσσαι δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ· καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ, ἐξουσία αἰώνιος, ἤτις οὐ παρελεύσεται, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. » Τὴν ἐξουσίαν πᾶσαν τὴν δεδομένην παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῷ Υἱῷ ὑπέδειξεν, ὅς ἐπουρανίων, καὶ ἐπιγείων, καὶ καταχθονίων βασιλεὺς καὶ κριτὴς πάντων ἀποδέδεικται· ἐπουρανίων μὲν, ὅτι Λόγος τοῦ Πατρὸς πρὸ πάντων γεγεννημένος ἦν· ἐπιγείων δὲ, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἐγεννήθη, ἀναπλάσσων διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Ἀδάμ· καταχθονίων δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ἐν νεκροῖς κατελογίσθη, εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὰς τῶν ἁγίων ψυχὰς, διὰ θανάτου τὸν θάνατον νικῶν.

Metʼ oligon ēxei apʼ ouranōn ho lithos ho pataxas tēn eikona, kai syntripsas autēn, kai metastēsas pasas tas basileias, kai dous tēn basileian agiois Ypsistou. Houtos ho genētheis eis oros mega, kai plērōsas pasan tēn gēn, peri hou Daniēl legei; « Etheōroun en oramati tēs nyktos, kai idou meta tōn nephelōn tou ouranou hōs Huios anthrōpou erchomenos,kai ephthase heōs tou Palaiou tōn hēmerōn, kai prosēnechthē; kai autǭ edothē hē archē kai hē tiimē kai hē basileia, kai pantes hoi laoi, phylai kai glōssai douleusousin autǭ; kai hē exousia autou, exousia aiōnios, ētis ou pareleusetai, kai hē basileia autou ou diaphtharēsetai. » Tēn exousian pasan tēn dedomenēn para tou Patros tǭ Huiǭ hypedeixen, hos epouraniōn, kai epigeiōn, kai katachthoniōn basileus kai kritēs pantōn apodedeiktai; epouraniōn men, hoti Logos tou Patros pro pantōn gegennēmenos ēn; epigeiōn de, hoti anthrōpos en anthrōpois egennēthē, anaplassōn diʼ heautou ton Adam; katachthoniōn de, hoti kai en nekrois katelogisthē, euangelizomenos tas tōn hagiōn psychas, dia thanatou ton thanaton nikōn.

Shortly the stone will come from heaven that struck the image and crushed it, removing all the kingdoms and giving the kingdom to the saints of the Most High. This is he who became a great mountain and filled the whole earth, of whom Daniel says: "I looked in the night vision, and behold, with the clouds of heaven one like a son of man coming, and he came as far as the Ancient of Days and was presented; and to him was given the dominion and the honour and the kingdom, and all the peoples, tribes, and tongues will serve him; and his authority is an everlasting authority, which will not pass away, and his kingdom will not be destroyed." He pointed to all the authority given by the Father to the Son, who has been declared King and Judge of all, of things in heaven, on earth, and under the earth: of things in heaven, because he was the Word of the Father, begotten before all things; of things on earth, because he was born a man among men, refashioning Adam through himself; and of things under the earth, because he was also counted among the dead, preaching the gospel to the souls of the saints and conquering death by death.

Chapter 27

27PG 10:748d–749a

Τούτων οὖν ἔσομένων, καὶ τῶν δέκα δακτύλων τῆς εἰκόνος εἰς δημοκρατίας χωρησάντων, καὶ τῶν δέκα κεράτων τοῦ τετάρτου θηρίου εἰς δέκα βασιλείας μερισθέντων, ἴδωμεν σαφέστερον τὰ προκείμενα, καὶ κατανοήσωμεν αὐτὰ ὀφθαλμοφανῶς.

Toutōn oun esomenōn, kai tōn deka daktylōn tēs eikonos eis dēmokratias chōrēsantōn, kai tōn deka keratōn tou tetartou thēriou eis deka basileias meristhentōn, idōmen saphesteron ta prokeimena, kai katanoēsōmen auta ophthalmophanōs.

Since these things, then, are to come, and the ten toes of the image are to pass into democracies, and the ten horns of the fourth beast are divided into ten kingdoms, let us look more clearly at the matters before us and consider them as if with our own eyes.

Chapter 28

28PG 10:749a

Κεφαλὴ τῆς εἰκόνος χρυσῆ, ἡ λέαινα, Βαβυλώνιοι ἦσαν· ὡμοι καὶ βραχίονες ἀργυροῖ, ἡ ἄρκτος, Πέρσαι καὶ Μῆδοι· κοιλία καὶ μηρὸς χαλκοῦς, ἡ πάρδαλις, οἰ ἀπὸ Ἀλεξάνδρου κρατήσαντες Ἐλληνες· κνῆμαι σιδηραῖ, θηρίον ἔκθαμβον καὶ φοβερὸν, Ῥωμαῖοι οἱ νῦν κρατοῦντες· ἴχνη ποδῶν, ὄστρακον καὶ σίδηρος, καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα, τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι· κέρας ἔτερον μικρὸν ἀναφυόμενον,ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ἀντίχριστος· λίθος πατάσσων τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐπάγων τῷ κόσμῳ τὴν κρίσιν, Χριστός.

Kephalē tēs eikonos chrysē, hē leaina, Babylōnioi ēsan; hōmoi kai brachiones argyroi, hē arktos, Persai kai Mēdoi; koilia kai mēros chalkous, hē pardalis, oi apo Alexandrou kratēsantes Ellēnes; knēmai sidērai, thērion ekthambon kai phoberon, Rhōmaioi hoi nyn kratountes; ichnē podōn, ostrakon kai sidēros, kai ta deka kerata, ta mellonta esesthai; keras eteron mikron anaphyomenon,ho en autois Antichristos; lithos patassōn tēn gēn, kai epagōn tǭ kosmǭ tēn krisin, Christos.

The golden head of the image, the lioness: these were the Babylonians. The silver shoulders and arms, the bear: the Persians and Medes. The bronze belly and thigh, the leopard: the Greeks who ruled from Alexander's time. The iron legs, the dreadful and terrible beast: the Romans who rule now. The footprints of the feet, clay and iron, and the ten horns: the things that are yet to be. The other little horn growing up: the Antichrist in their midst. The stone that strikes the earth and brings judgment on the world: Christ.

Chapter 29

29PG 10:749b–749d

Ταῦτά σοι, ἀγαπητὲ, μετὰ φόβου μεταδίδομεν, εὐκόλως διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν Χριστοῦ ἀγάπην. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν μακάριοι προφῆται γεγενημένοι, εἰδότες αὐτὰ οὐκ ἡθέλησαν μετὰ παῤῥησίας κηρύξαι, ἵνα μὴ τάραχον ποιήσωσι ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαῖς, ἀλλὰ μυστικῶς διηγήσαντο διὰ παραβολῶν καὶ αἰνιγμάτων λέγοντες· « Ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύσομεν τολμῶντες τὰ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἀποκρύφως εἰρημένα εἰς φανερὸν λέγειν; Ἰδωμεν τοίνυν τὰ συμβησόμενα ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων ἐπὶ τὴν πόρνην τὴν ἀκάθαρτον ταύτην· ὁποία δὲ καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ κατὰ χόλον Θεοῦ ἐπελεύσεται αὐτῇ πρὸ τῆς κρίσεως μερικὴ βάσανος.

Tauta soi, agapēte, meta phobou metadidomen, eukolōs dia tēn hyperballousan Christou agapēn. Ei gar hoi pro hēmōn makarioi prophētai gegenēmenoi, eidotes auta ouk hēthelēsan meta parrhēsias kēryxai, hina mē tarachon poiēsōsi tais tōn anthrōpōn psychais, alla mystikōs diēgēsanto dia parabolōn kai ainigmatōn legontes; « Hōde ho nous ho echōn sophian; posǭ mallon hēmeis kindyneusomen tolmōntes ta hypʼ ekeinōn apokryphōs eirēmena eis phaneron legein? Idōmen toinyn ta symbēsomena epʼ eschatōn epi tēn pornēn tēn akatharton tautēn; hopoia de kai potapē hē kata cholon Theou epeleusetai autę̄ pro tēs kriseōs merikē basanos.

These things, beloved, we impart to you with fear, and yet readily, because of the surpassing love of Christ. For if the blessed prophets who came before us, though they knew these things, did not wish to proclaim them openly, so as not to trouble people's souls, but told them in a hidden way through parables and riddles, saying, "Here is the mind that has wisdom," how much greater danger shall we run if we dare to speak openly what they said in secret? Let us see, then, what will befall this unclean harlot in the last days, and what and of what kind is the partial torment that will come upon her by the wrath of God before the judgment.

Chapter 30

30PG 10:749d–752a

Δεῦρο οὖν, ὦ μακάριε Ἡσαῖα, ἐξεγέρθητι, εἰπὲ σαφῶς τί προεφήτευσας περὶ τῆς μεγάλης Βαβυλῶνος. Εἶπας γὰρ καὶ περὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τετέλεσται. Σὺ γὰρ εἶπας μετὰ παῤῥησίας· « Εστι ἡ γῆ ὑμῶν ἔρημος, αἱ πόλεις ὑμῶν πυρίκαυστοι· τὴν χώραν ὑμῶν ἀλλότριοι κατεσθίουσιν αὐτὴν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν, καὶ ἠρήμωται κατεστραμμένη ὑπὸ πολ-λῶν ἀλλοτρίων. Ἐγκαταλειφθήσεται ἡ θυγάτηρ Σιὼν, ὡς σκηνὴ ἐν ἀμπελῶνι, καὶ ὡς ὀπωροφυλάκιον ἐν σικυηράτῳ, ὡς πόλις πολιορκουμένη. » Τί οὖν; Οὐ γεγένηται ἤδη ταῦτα; Οὐ πεπλήρωται τὰ ὑπὸ σοῦ εἰρημένα; Οὐκ ἡρήμωται αὐτῶν ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ; Οὐκ ἐμπέπρησται τὸ ἀγίασμα; Οὐ κατέστραπται αὐτῶν τὰ τείχη; Οὐκ ἀνηρέθησαν αἱ πόλεις; Οὐ τὴν χώραν ἀλλότριοι κατεσθίουσιν; Οὐ τὴν γῆν Ῥωμαῖοι κρατοῦσι; Καὶ γὰρ μισήσαντές σε οἱ ἄνομοι ἔπρισαν, καὶ Χριστὸν ἐσταύρωσαν. Ἀπέθανες ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐν Χριστῷ ζῆς.

Deuro oun, ō makarie Hēsaia, exegerthēti, eipe saphōs ti proephēteusas peri tēs megalēs Babylōnos. Eipas gar kai peri Ierousalēm kai tetelestai. Sy gar eipas meta parrhēsias; « Esti hē gē hymōn erēmos, hai poleis hymōn pyrikaustoi; tēn chōran hymōn allotrioi katesthiousin autēn enōpion hymōn, kai ērēmōtai katestrammenē hypo pol-lōn allotriōn. Enkataleiphthēsetai hē thygatēr Siōn, hōs skēnē en ampelōni, kai hōs opōrophylakion en sikyēratǭ, hōs polis poliorkoumenē. » Ti oun? Ou gegenētai ēdē tauta? Ou peplērōtai ta hypo sou eirēmena? Ouk hērēmōtai autōn hē Ioudaia gē? Ouk empeprēstai to agiasma? Ou katestraptai autōn ta teichē? Ouk anērethēsan hai poleis? Ou tēn chōran allotrioi katesthiousin? Ou tēn gēn Rhōmaioi kratousi? Kai gar misēsantes se hoi anomoi eprisan, kai Christon estaurōsan. Apethanes en kosmǭ, allʼ oun en Christǭ zēs.

Come, then, O blessed Isaiah, arise; tell us plainly what you prophesied about great Babylon. For you spoke also about Jerusalem, and it has been fulfilled. For you said openly: "Your land is desolate, your cities burned with fire; your country, strangers devour it before your eyes, and it is laid waste, overthrown by many strangers. The daughter of Zion will be left like a booth in a vineyard, and like a watchman's hut in a cucumber field, like a besieged city." What then? Have not these things already happened? Have not the things you said been fulfilled? Is not their land of Judea laid waste? Has not the holy place been burned? Have not their walls been thrown down? Have not their cities been destroyed? Do not strangers devour their country? Do not the Romans rule the land? For indeed the lawless hated you and sawed you in two, and they crucified Christ. You died in the world, but you live in Christ.

Chapter 31

31PG 10:752a–752b

Τίνα οὖν ὑμῶν πλεῖον ἀγαπήσω ἢ σέ; ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἰερεμίας λιθάζεται. Εἰ Ἰερεμίας δὲ μᾶλλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ Δανιὴλ μαρτυρεῖ. Δανιὴλ, ὑπὲρ πάντας ἐπαινῶ σε, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἰωάννης οὐ ψεύδεται. Πόσοις ὑμᾶς στόμασι καὶ γλώσσαις δοξάσω, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσαντα Λόγον; Ἀπεθάνετε σὺν Χριστῷ· ζήσεσθε δὲ σὺν Χριστῷ· ἀκούσατε καὶ χαίρετε· ἰδοὺ τὰ ἀφʼ ὑμῶν λελαλημένα, κατὰ καιρὸν πεπλήρωται. Εἰδετε γὰρ αὐτὰ πρῶτον, εἶθʼ οὕτως ἐκηρύξατε πάσαις γενεαῖς. Τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγια διηκονήσατε πάσαις γενεαῖς. Προφῆται ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα πάντας σῶσαι δυνηθῆτε. Τότε γὰρ ὄντως ὁ προφήτης, ὅταν τὰ μέλλοντα γενέσθαι προκηρύξας, ὕστερον συμβάντα αὐτὰ ἀποδείξῃ. Καλοῦ διδασκάλου ἐγένεσθε μαθηταί. Ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἀξίως ὡς ζῶσιν ἐπιφωνῶ. Ἐχετε γὰρ ἤδη τὸν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἀφθαρσίας ἀποκείμενον ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς στέφανον.

Tina oun hymōn pleion agapēsō ē se? alla kai Ieremias lithazetai. Ei Ieremias de mallon, alla kai Daniēl martyrei. Daniēl, hyper pantas epainō se, alla kai Iōannēs ou pseudetai. Posois hymas stomasi kai glōssais doxasō, mallon de ton en hymin lalēsanta Logon? Apethanete syn Christǭ; zēsesthe de syn Christǭ; akousate kai chairete; idou ta aphʼ hymōn lelalēmena, kata kairon peplērōtai. Eidete gar auta prōton, eithʼ houtōs ekēryxate pasais geneais. Ta tou Theou logia diēkonēsate pasais geneais. Prophētai eklēthēte, hina pantas sōsai dynēthēte. Tote gar ontōs ho prophētēs, hotan ta mellonta genesthai prokēryxas, hysteron symbanta auta apodeixę̄. Kalou didaskalou egenesthe mathētai. Tauta hymin axiōs hōs zōsin epiphōnō. Echete gar ēdē ton tēs zōēs kai aphtharsias apokeimenon hymin en tois ouranois stephanon.

Which of you, then, shall I love more than you? Yet Jeremiah too is stoned. But if I love Jeremiah more, yet Daniel too bears witness. Daniel, I praise you above all; yet John too does not lie. With how many mouths and tongues shall I glorify you, or rather the Word who spoke in you? You died with Christ, and you will live with Christ. Hear and rejoice: see, the things you spoke have been fulfilled in their time. For you saw them first, and then you proclaimed them to all generations. You ministered the oracles of God to all generations. You were called prophets so that you might be able to save all. For one is truly a prophet when, having proclaimed beforehand what is to happen, he afterwards shows that it has come to pass. You became disciples of a good teacher. I say these things to you fittingly, as to the living; for you already have the crown of life and incorruption laid up for you in heaven.

Chapter 32

32PG 10:752b–752c

Λέγε μοι ὦ μακάριε Δανιήλ. Πληροφόρησόν μοι, παρακαλῶ. Προφητεύεις περὶ τῆς λεαίνης ἐν Βαβυλῶνι· αἰχμάλωτος γὰρ ἦς ἐκεῖ. Διήγησαι τὰ μέλλοντα περὶ τῆς ἄρκτου· ἔτι γὰρ ἐν κόσμῳ ἦς καὶ εἶδες αὐτὰ γεγενημένα. Ἐπειτα λέγεις μοι πάρδαλιν· καὶ πόθεν σοι ταῦτα εἰδέναι; ἤδη γὰρ κεκοίμησαι. Τίς σε ταῦτα ἐδίδαξε λαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ πλάσας σε ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός; Θεὸς, λέγεις. Εἶπας γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐψεύσω· ἀνέστη ἡ πάρδαλις· ἦλθεν ὁ τράγος τῶν αἰγῶν· ἔτυψε τὸν κριόν· συνέτριψεν αὐτοῦ τὰ κέρατα· κατεπάτησεν αὐτὸν τοῖς ποσίν. Υψώθη ἐν τῷ πεσεῖν αὐτόν· ἀνέστησαν τέσσαρα κέρατα ὑποκάτωθεν αὐτοῦ. Εὐφραίνου, μακάριε Δανιήλ· οὐκ ἐπλανήθης· γεγένηται ταῦτα πάντα.

Lege moi ō makarie Daniēl. Plērophorēson moi, parakalō. Prophēteueis peri tēs leainēs en Babylōni; aichmalōtos gar ēs ekei. Diēgēsai ta mellonta peri tēs arktou; eti gar en kosmǭ ēs kai eides auta gegenēmena. Epeita legeis moi pardalin; kai pothen soi tauta eidenai? ēdē gar kekoimēsai. Tis se tauta edidaxe lalein, allʼ ē ho plasas se ek koilias mētros? Theos, legeis. Eipas gar kai ouk epseusō; anestē hē pardalis; ēlthen ho tragos tōn aigōn; etypse ton krion; synetripsen autou ta kerata; katepatēsen auton tois posin. Ypsōthē en tǭ pesein auton; anestēsan tessara kerata hypokatōthen autou. Euphrainou, makarie Daniēl; ouk eplanēthēs; gegenētai tauta panta.

Speak to me, O blessed Daniel; give me full assurance, I beg you. You prophesy about the lioness in Babylon, for you were a captive there. You recount what was to come concerning the bear, for you were still in the world and saw it happen. Then you tell me of the leopard: and how could you know this? For you had already fallen asleep. Who taught you to speak of these things but the one who formed you from your mother's womb? God, you say. You spoke, and you did not lie. The leopard has arisen; the he-goat has come; he has struck the ram, crushed his horns, and trampled him with his feet. He was exalted; at his fall four horns arose from beneath him. Rejoice, blessed Daniel: you were not mistaken; all these things have come to pass.

Chapter 33

33PG 10:752c–753a

Μετὰ τοῦτο πάλιν μοι διήγησαι θηρίον τέταρτον φοβερὸν καὶ ἔκθαμβον· Οἱ ὁδόντες αὐτοῦ σιδηροῖ, καὶ οἱ ὄνυχες αὐτοῦ χαλκοῖ, ἐσθίον καὶ λεπτύνον, καὶ τὰ ἐπίλοιπα τοῖς ποσὶναὐτοῦ συνεπάτει. » Ἤδη κρατεῖ νῦν ὁ σίδηρος· ἤδη δαμάζει καὶ λεπτύνει πάντα· ἤδη ὑποτάσσει πάντας τοὺς μὴ θέλοντας· ἤδη βλέπομεν αὐτὰ ἡμεῖς· ἤδη δοξάζομεν τὸν Θεὸν ὑπὸ σοῦ διδασκόμενοι.

Meta touto palin moi diēgēsai thērion tetarton phoberon kai ekthambon; Hoi hodontes autou sidēroi, kai hoi onyches autou chalkoi, esthion kai leptynon, kai ta epiloipa tois posinautou synepatei. » Ēdē kratei nyn ho sidēros; ēdē damazei kai leptynei panta; ēdē hypotassei pantas tous mē thelontas; ēdē blepomen auta hēmeis; ēdē doxazomen ton Theon hypo sou didaskomenoi.

After this, again, you tell me of a fourth beast, terrible and dreadful: "Its teeth of iron and its claws of bronze, devouring and grinding, and trampling the rest with its feet." Already the iron rules now; already it subdues and grinds all things; already it subjects all who are unwilling; already we see these things ourselves; already we glorify God, being taught by you.

Chapter 34

34PG 10:753a–753b

Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ πρόκειται ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς πόρνης εἰπεῖν, πάρελθε, ὦ μακάριε Ἡσαῖα. Ἰδωμεν τί λέγεις περὶ Βαβυλῶνος. « Κατάβηθι, κάθισον ἐπὶ γῆς, θυγάτηρ παρθένος Βαβυλῶνος· κάθισον, θυγάτηρ Χαλδαίων· οὐκέτι προστεθῇ σοι κληθῆναι ἀπαλὴ καὶ τρυφερά. Λάβε μύλωνα, ἄλεσον ἄλευρον, ἀποκάλυψαι τὸ κάλυμμά σου, ἀναξύρισον τὰς πολιὰς, ἀνακάλυψαι τὰς κνήμας, διάβηθι ποταμούς· ἀνακαλυφθήσεται ἡ αἰσχημοσύνη σου, φανήσονται οἱ ὀνειδισμοί σου· τὸ δίκαιον ἐκ σοῦ λήψομαι, οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ παραδῶ σε ἀνθρώποις. Ὁ ῥυσάμενός σε Κύριος Σαβαὼθ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἀγιος Ἰσραήλ κάθισον κατανενυγμένη, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ σκότος, θυγάτηρ Χαλδαίων, οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ κληθήσῃ ἰσχὺς βασιλείας.

Allʼ epeidē prokeitai hēmin peri tēs pornēs eipein, parelthe, ō makarie Hēsaia. Idōmen ti legeis peri Babylōnos. « Katabēthi, kathison epi gēs, thygatēr parthenos Babylōnos; kathison, thygatēr Chaldaiōn; ouketi prostethę̄ soi klēthēnai apalē kai tryphera. Labe mylōna, aleson aleuron, apokalypsai to kalymma sou, anaxyrison tas polias, anakalypsai tas knēmas, diabēthi potamous; anakalyphthēsetai hē aischēmosynē sou, phanēsontai hoi oneidismoi sou; to dikaion ek sou lēpsomai, ouketi ou mē paradō se anthrōpois. Ho rhysamenos se Kyrios Sabaōth, onoma autǭ Agios Israēl kathison katanenygmenē, eiselthe eis to skotos, thygatēr Chaldaiōn, ouketi ou mē klēthēsę̄ ischys basileias.

But since our task was to speak about the harlot, come forward, O blessed Isaiah; let us see what you say about Babylon. "Come down, sit on the ground, virgin daughter of Babylon; sit, daughter of the Chaldeans; no longer will you be called tender and delicate. Take a millstone, grind flour, remove your veil, uncover your grey hairs, bare your legs, pass through rivers; your shame will be uncovered, your reproaches will be seen. I will take what is just from you; I will no longer hand you over to men. He who rescued you is the Lord of hosts; the Holy One of Israel is his name. Sit pierced with grief, go into darkness, daughter of the Chaldeans; no longer will you be called the strength of a kingdom.

Chapter 35

35PG 10:753b–756a

« Παρωξύνθην ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν μου· ἐμίανα τὴν κληρονομίαν μου. Ἐγὼ ἔδωκα εἰς τὴν χεῖρά σου· σὺ δὲ οὐκ ἔδωκας αὐτοῖς ἔλεον· σὺ δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἐβάρυνας τὸν ζυγὸν, καὶ εἶπας, Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔσομαι ἄρχουσα. Οὐκ ἐνόησας ταῦτα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, οὐδὲ ἐμνήσθης τὰ ἔσχατά σου. Νῦν δὲ ἄκουε ταῦτα, ἡ τρυφερὰ, ἡ καθημένη, ἡ πεποιθυῖα, ἡ λέγουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ· Ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐτέρα· οὐ καθιῶ χήρα, οὐδὲ γνώσομαι ὀρφανή. Νυνὶ δὲ ἤξει ἐπὶ σὲ τὰ δύο ταῦτα ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ, χηρεία καὶ ἀτεκνία. Ἡξει ἐξαίφνης ἐπὶ σὲ ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου, ἐν τῇ ἰσχύῖ τῶν ἐπαοιδῶν σου σφόδρα, τῇ ἐλπίδι τῆς πορνείας σου. Σὺ γὰρ εἶπας, Ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐτέρα. Καὶ ἔσται ἡ πορνεία σου σοὶ αἰσχύνη, ὅτι εἶπας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, Ἐγώ εἰμι. Καὶ ἤξει ἐπὶ σὲ ἀπώλεια, καὶ οὐ μὴ γνῷς. [Βόθυνος, καὶ ἐμπεσῇ εἰς αὐτόν. Καὶ ἤξει ἐπὶ σὲ ταλαιπωρία, καὶ οὐ μὴ δυνήσῃ καθαρὰ γενέσθαι. Καὶ ἤξει ἐπὶ σὲ ἐξαπίνης ἀπώλεια, καὶ οὐ μὴ γνώση.] Στῆθι νῦν ἐν ταῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ πολλῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου, ἃ ἐμάνθανες ἐκ νεότητός σου, εἰ δυνήσῃ ὡφεληθῆναι. Κεκοπίακας ἐν ταῖς βουλαῖς σου· στήτωσαν καὶ σωσάτωσάν σε οἱ ἀστρολόγοι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· οἱ ὀρῶντες τοὺς ἀστέρας ἀναγγειλάτωσάν σοι, τί μέλλει ἐπὶ σὲ ἔρχεσθαι. Ἰδοὺ πάντες ὡς φρύγανα πυρὸς, οὕτω καυθήσονται, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξέλωνται τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν ἐκ φλογός. Ὁτι ἔχεις ἄνθρακας πυρὸς, κάθισαι ἐπʼ αὐτούς. Οὕτως ἔσται σου εἰς βοήθειαν. Ἐκοπίασας ἐν τῇ μεταβολῇ σου ἐκ νεότητος. Ἄνθρωπος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐπλάγχθη· σοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία. » Ταῦτα μὲν προφητεύει σοι Ἡσαῖας· ἴδωμεν δὲ εἰ τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῶν ἐφθέγξατο ὁ Ἰωάννης.

« Parōxynthēn epi ton laon mou; emiana tēn klēronomian mou. Egō edōka eis tēn cheira sou; sy de ouk edōkas autois eleon; sy de epi tous presbyterous ebarynas ton zygon, kai eipas, Eis ton aiōna esomai archousa. Ouk enoēsas tauta en tę̄ kardią sou, oude emnēsthēs ta eschata sou. Nyn de akoue tauta, hē tryphera, hē kathēmenē, hē pepoithuia, hē legousa en tę̄ kardią; Egō eimi, kai ouk estin etera; ou kathiō chēra, oude gnōsomai orphanē. Nyni de ēxei epi se ta dyo tauta en hēmerą mią, chēreia kai ateknia. Hēxei exaiphnēs epi se en tę̄ pharmakeią sou, en tę̄ ischui tōn epaoidōn sou sphodra, tę̄ elpidi tēs porneias sou. Sy gar eipas, Egō eimi, kai ouk estin etera. Kai estai hē porneia sou soi aischynē, hoti eipas en tę̄ kardią sou, Egō eimi. Kai ēxei epi se apōleia, kai ou mē gnǭs. [Bothynos, kai empesę̄ eis auton. Kai ēxei epi se talaipōria, kai ou mē dynēsę̄ kathara genesthai. Kai ēxei epi se exapinēs apōleia, kai ou mē gnōsē.] Stēthi nyn en tais epaoidais sou, kai en tę̄ pollę̄ pharmakeią sou, ha emanthanes ek neotētos sou, ei dynēsę̄ hōphelēthēnai. Kekopiakas en tais boulais sou; stētōsan kai sōsatōsan se hoi astrologoi tou ouranou; hoi orōntes tous asteras anangeilatōsan soi, ti mellei epi se erchesthai. Idou pantes hōs phrygana pyros, houtō kauthēsontai, kai ou mē exelōntai tēn psychēn autōn ek phlogos. Hoti echeis anthrakas pyros, kathisai epʼ autous. Houtōs estai sou eis boētheian. Ekopiasas en tę̄ metabolę̄ sou ek neotētos. Anthrōpos kathʼ heauton eplanchthē; soi de ouk esti sōtēria. » Tauta men prophēteuei soi Hēsaias; idōmen de ei ta homoia autōn ephthenxato ho Iōannēs.

"I was provoked against my people; I defiled my inheritance. I gave them into your hand, but you showed them no mercy; you made the yoke heavy on the aged, and you said, I shall be ruler for ever. You did not consider these things in your heart, nor did you remember your end. But now hear this, you delicate one, who sit secure, who trust, who say in your heart: I am, and there is no other; I shall not sit as a widow, nor shall I know bereavement. But now these two things will come upon you in one day, widowhood and childlessness. They will come upon you suddenly in your sorcery, in the great strength of your enchanters, in the hope of your fornication. For you said, I am, and there is no other. And your fornication will be your shame, because you said in your heart, I am. And destruction will come upon you, and you will not know it. [There will be a pit, and you will fall into it. And misery will come upon you, and you will not be able to become clean. And destruction will come upon you suddenly, and you will not know it.] Stand now in your enchantments and in your many sorceries, which you learned from your youth, if you can be helped. You have wearied yourself in your counsels; let the astrologers of heaven stand and save you; let those who watch the stars tell you what is to come upon you. Behold, they will all burn like brushwood in the fire, and they will not deliver their soul from the flame. Because you have coals of fire, sit on them; so they will be your help. You have wearied yourself in your trafficking from your youth; each man has gone astray on his own, but for you there is no salvation." These things Isaiah prophesies for you; let us see whether John has spoken words like them.

Chapter 36

36PG 10:756a–756b

Οὗτος γὰρ ἐν Πάτμῳ τῇ νήσῳ ὡν, ὀρᾷ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίων φρικτῶν, ἅτινα διηγούμενος ἀφθόνως καὶ ἐτέρους διδάσκει. Λέγε μοι, μακάριε Ἰωάννη, ἀπόστολε καὶ μαθητὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, τί εἶδες καὶ ἤκουσας περὶ Βαβυλῶνος; Γρηγόρησον καὶ εἰπέ· καὶ γὰρ αὐτή σε ἐξώρισε. « Καὶ ἦλθεν εἶς ἐκ τῶν ἐπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς ἐπτὰ φιάλας, καὶ ἐλάλησέ μοι λέγων· Δεῦρο, δείξω σοι τὸ κρῖμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης, τῆς καθημένης ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν, μεθʼ ἦς ἐπόρνευσαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἀπήνεγκέ με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν πνεύματι· καὶ εἶδον γυναῖκα καθημένην ἐπὶ θηρίον κόκκινον, γέμον ὀνομάτων βλασφημίας, ἔχον κεφαλὰς ἐπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα. Καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἦν περιβεβλημένη πορφυροῦν καὶ κόκκινον, κεχρυσωμένη χρυσῷ, καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ, καὶ μαργαρίταις, ἔχουσα ποτήριον χρυσοῦν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῆς γέμον βδελυγμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς πορνείας τῆς γῆς Ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον· Μυστήριον· Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν καὶ τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῆς γῆς.

Houtos gar en Patmǭ tę̄ nēsǭ hōn, orą apokalypsin mystēriōn phriktōn, hatina diēgoumenos aphthonōs kai eterous didaskei. Lege moi, makarie Iōannē, apostole kai mathēta tou Kyriou, ti eides kai ēkousas peri Babylōnos? Grēgorēson kai eipe; kai gar autē se exōrise. « Kai ēlthen eis ek tōn epta angelōn tōn echontōn tas epta phialas, kai elalēse moi legōn; Deuro, deixō soi to krima tēs pornēs tēs megalēs, tēs kathēmenēs epi hydatōn pollōn, methʼ ēs eporneusan hoi basileis tēs gēs, kai emethysthēsan hoi katoikountes tēn gēn ek tou oinou tēs porneias autēs. Kai apēnenke me eis erēmon en pneumati; kai eidon gynaika kathēmenēn epi thērion kokkinon, gemon onomatōn blasphēmias, echon kephalas epta kai kerata deka. Kai hē gynē ēn peribeblēmenē porphyroun kai kokkinon, kechrysōmenē chrysǭ, kai lithǭ timiǭ, kai margaritais, echousa potērion chrysoun en tę̄ cheiri autēs gemon bdelygmatōn, kai ta akatharta tēs porneias tēs gēs Epi to metōpon autēs onoma gegrammenon; Mystērion; Babylōn hē megalē, hē mētēr tōn pornōn kai tōn bdelygmatōn tēs gēs.

For he, being on the island of Patmos, sees a revelation of awesome mysteries, which he recounts ungrudgingly and so teaches others. Tell me, blessed John, apostle and disciple of the Lord, what did you see and hear about Babylon? Awake and speak, for she it was who banished you. "And one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and spoke with me, saying: Come, I will show you the judgment of the great harlot who sits on many waters, with whom the kings of the earth committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth were made drunk with the wine of her fornication. And he carried me away into a desert in the Spirit; and I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. And the woman was clothed in purple and scarlet, gilded with gold and precious stone and pearls, holding a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and of the unclean things of the fornication of the earth. On her forehead was a name written: Mystery, Babylon the great, the mother of harlots and of the abominations of the earth.

Chapter 37

37PG 10:756b–756c

« Καὶ εἶδον τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἶματος τῶν ἀγίων, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἶματος τῶν μαρτύρων τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· καὶ ἐθαύμασα ἰδὼν αὐτὴν, θαῦμα μέγα. Καὶ εἶπέ μοι ὁ ἄγγελος· Διατί ἐθαύμασας; Ἐγὼ ἐρῶ σοι τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοῦ θηρίου, τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτὴν, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὰς ἐπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα. Τὸ θηρίον ὁ εἶδες, ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι· καὶ μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγειν. Καὶ θαυμάσουσιν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα ἐν βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, βλέποντες τὸ θηρίον, ὅ τι ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι, καὶ παρέσται.

« Kai eidon tēn gynaika methyousan ek tou aimatos tōn agiōn, kai ek tou aimatos tōn martyrōn tou Iēsou; kai ethaumasa idōn autēn, thauma mega. Kai eipe moi ho angelos; Diati ethaumasas? Egō erō soi to mystērion tēs gynaikos kai tou thēriou, tou bastazontos autēn, tou echontos tas epta kephalas kai ta deka kerata. To thērion ho eides, ēn, kai ouk esti; kai mellei anabainein ek tēs abyssou, kai eis apōleian hypagein. Kai thaumasousin hoi katoikountes tēn gēn, hōn ou gegraptai to onoma en biblǭ tēs zōēs apo katabolēs kosmou, blepontes to thērion, ho ti ēn, kai ouk esti, kai parestai.

"And I saw the woman drunk with the blood of the saints and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus; and when I saw her I wondered with great wonder. And the angel said to me: Why did you wonder? I will tell you the mystery of the woman and of the beast that carries her, which has the seven heads and the ten horns. The beast that you saw was, and is not, and is about to come up out of the abyss and go to destruction. And those who dwell on the earth, whose name has not been written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, will wonder when they see the beast, that it was, and is not, and will be present.

Chapter 38

38PG 10:756c–757a

« Ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν. Ἐπτὰ κεφαλαὶ, ἐπτὰ ὄρη εἰσὶν, ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπʼ αὐτῶν· καὶ βασιλεῖς ἐπτά εἰσιν. Οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν, ὁ δὲ εἶς ἔστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὕπω ἦλθε· καὶ δταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι. Καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὅ ἢν, οὐκ ἔστι [καὶ αὐτὸς ὄγδοός ἐστι] καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐπτά ἐστι, καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει. Καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, δέκα βασιλεῖς εἰσιν, οἶτινες βασιλείαν οὕπω ἔλαβον, ἀλλʼ ἐξουσίαν ὡς βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσι μετὰ τοῦ θηρίου. Τὴν μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ διαδώσουσιν. Οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ ἀρνίου πολεμήσουσι, καὶ τὸ ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς· ὅτι Κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶ, καὶ βασιλεὺς βασιλευόντων ἐστί· καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ, κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί.

« Hōde ho nous ho echōn sophian. Epta kephalai, epta orē eisin, hopou hē gynē kathētai epʼ autōn; kai basileis epta eisin. Hoi pente epesan, ho de eis estin, ho allos houpō ēlthe; kai dtan elthę̄, oligon auton dei meinai. Kai to thērion ho ēn, ouk esti [kai autos ogdoos esti] kai ek tōn epta esti, kai eis apōleian hypagei. Kai ta deka kerata ha eides, deka basileis eisin, oitines basileian houpō elabon, allʼ exousian hōs basileis mian hōran lambanousi meta tou thēriou. Tēn mian gnōmēn echousi, kai tēn dynamin, kai tēn exousian autōn tǭ thēriǭ diadōsousin. Houtoi meta tou arniou polemēsousi, kai to arnion nikēsei autous; hoti Kyrios kyriōn esti, kai basileus basileuontōn esti; kai hoi metʼ autou, klētoi, kai eklektoi, kai pistoi.

"Here is the mind that has wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sits; and they are seven kings. Five have fallen, one is, the other has not yet come; and when he comes, he must remain a little while. And the beast that was and is not [is himself an eighth], and is of the seven, and goes to destruction. And the ten horns that you saw are ten kings who have not yet received a kingdom, but receive authority as kings for one hour with the beast. They have one mind, and they will hand over their power and authority to the beast. These will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will conquer them, because he is Lord of lords and King of kings; and those with him are called and chosen and faithful.

Chapter 39

39PG 10:757a

· « Καὶ λέγει μοι· Τὰ ὕδατα ὰ εἶδες, οὗ κάθηται ἡ πόρνη, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι καὶ ἔθνη εἰσὶ καὶ γλῶσσαι. Καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, καὶ τὸ θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσι τὴν πόρνην, καὶ ἠρημωμένην αὐτὴν ποιήσουσι καὶ γυμνὴν, καὶ τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται, καὶ αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν ἐν πυρί. Ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἡν εἶδες, ἐστὶν ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς.

; « Kai legei moi; Ta hydata a eides, hou kathētai hē pornē, laoi kai ochloi kai ethnē eisi kai glōssai. Kai ta deka kerata ha eides, kai to thērion, houtoi misēsousi tēn pornēn, kai ērēmōmenēn autēn poiēsousi kai gymnēn, kai tas sarkas autēs phagontai, kai autēn katakausousin en pyri. Ho gar Theos edōken eis tēn kardian autōn poiēsai tēn gnōmēn autou, kai poiēsai gnōmēn mian, kai dounai tēn basileian autōn tǭ thēriǭ, achri telesthēsontai hoi logoi tou Theou. Kai hē gynē hēn eides, estin hē polis hē megalē, hē echousa basileian epi tōn basileōn tēs gēs.

"And he says to me: The waters that you saw, where the harlot sits, are peoples and multitudes and nations and tongues. And the ten horns that you saw, and the beast, these will hate the harlot, and will make her desolate and naked, and will eat her flesh and burn her up with fire. For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose, and to be of one mind, and to give their kingdom to the beast until the words of God are fulfilled. And the woman whom you saw is the great city that has dominion over the kings of the earth.

Chapter 40

40PG 10:757a–757c

« Μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην· καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐφωτίσθη ἐκ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἔκραξεν ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων· Ἐπεσεν, ἔπεσε Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, καὶ ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον δαιμόνων, καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου [καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου], καὶ μεμισημένου· ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πέπωκε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς μετʼ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαν. Καὶ ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσαν· Ἐξέλθετε ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὁ λαός μου, ἵνα μὴ συγκοινωνήσητε ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ ἀδικήματα αὐτῆς.

« Meta tauta eidon allon angelon katabainonta ek tou ouranou, echonta exousian megalēn; kai hē gē ephōtisthē ek tēs doxēs autou. Kai ekraxen ischyrą phōnę̄ megalę̄, legōn; Epesen, epese Babylōn hē megalē, kai egeneto katoikētērion daimonōn, kai phylakē pantos pneumatos akathartou [kai phylakē pantos orneou akathartou], kai memisēmenou; hoti ek tou oinou tou thymou tēs porneias autēs pepōke panta ta ethnē. Kai hoi basileis tēs gēs metʼ autēs eporneusan, kai hoi emporoi tēs gēs ek tēs dynameōs tou strēnous autēs eploutēsan. Kai ēkousa allēn phōnēn ek tōn ouranōn legousan; Exelthete ex autēs, ho laos mou, hina mē synkoinōnēsēte tais hamartiais autēs, kai ek tōn plēgōn autēs hina heōs tou ouranou, kai emnēmoneusen ho Theos ta adikēmata autēs.

"After these things I saw another angel coming down from heaven, having great authority, and the earth was lit up by his glory. And he cried out with a mighty, loud voice, saying: Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great, and she has become a dwelling place of demons and a prison of every unclean spirit [and a prison of every unclean bird], and hated; for all the nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth grew rich from the power of her luxury. And I heard another voice from heaven saying: Come out of her, my people, so that you may not share in her sins, and from her plagues, so that … as far as heaven, and God has remembered her iniquities.

Chapter 41

41PG 10:757c–760b

« Ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκε, καὶ διπλάσατε τὰ διπλᾶ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς· ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασε, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν. Ὁσα ἐδόξασεν ἑαυτὴν, καὶ ἐστρηνίασε, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος· ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει· Κάθημαι βασίλισσα καὶ χήρα οὐκ εἰμὶ, καὶ πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἤξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς θάνατος, καὶ πένθος, καὶ λιμὸς, καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται· ὅτι ἰσχυρὸς Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ κρίνας αὐτήν. Καὶ κλαύσονται καὶ κόψονται ἐπʼ αὐτὴν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, οἱ μετʼ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσι τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἐστηκότες, διὰ τὸν … ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, Βαβυλὼν, ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχυρά· ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου. Καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαύσουσι καὶ πενθήσουσιν ἐπʼ αὐτήν· ὅτι τὸν γόμον αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράσει οὐκέτι· γόμον χρυσίου, καὶ ἀργυρίου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου, καὶ μαργαρίτου, καὶ βύσσου, καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ σηρικοῦ, καὶ κοκκίνου· καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύῖνον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ σιδήρου, καὶ μαρμάρου· καὶ κιναμώμου· καὶ ἄμωμον, καὶ θυμίαμα, καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον, καὶ οἶνον, καὶ ἔλαιον, καὶ σεμίδαλιν, καὶ σἶτον, καὶ κτήνη, καὶ πρόβατα, καὶ τράγους· καὶ ἴππων, καὶ ῥεδῶν, καὶ σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων. Καὶ ἡ ὀπώρα τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς σου ἀπῆλθεν ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὕρῃς. Οἱ ἔμποροι τούτων οἱ πλουτίσαντες, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται, διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς, κλαίοντες, καὶ πενθοῦντες, καὶ λέγοντες· οὐαὶ, Οὐαὶ, ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον, καὶ πορφυροῦν, καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ, καὶ λίθῳ τιιμίῳ,καὶ μαργαρίταις ὅτι μιᾷ ῶρᾳ ἡρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος. Καὶ πᾶς κυβερνήτης, καὶ πᾶς ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὅμιλος, καὶ ναῦται, καὶ ὅσοι τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν καὶ ἔκραξαν βλέποντες τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς, λέγοντες· Τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ; Καὶ ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔκραξαν κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες, λέγοντες· Οὐαὶ, οὐαὶ, ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἐν ᾗ ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἐκ τῆς πιότητος αὐτῆς· ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη.

« Apodote autę̄ hōs kai autē apedōke, kai diplasate ta dipla kata ta erga autēs; en tǭ potēriǭ hǭ ekerase, kerasate autę̄ diploun. Hosa edoxasen heautēn, kai estrēniase, tosouton dote autę̄ basanismon kai penthos; hoti en tę̄ kardią autēs legei; Kathēmai basilissa kai chēra ouk eimi, kai penthos ou mē idō. Dia touto en mią hēmerą ēxousin hai plēgai autēs thanatos, kai penthos, kai limos, kai en pyri katakauthēsetai; hoti ischyros Kyrios ho Theos, ho krinas autēn. Kai klausontai kai kopsontai epʼ autēn hoi basileis tēs gēs, hoi metʼ autēs porneusantes kai strēniasantes, hotan blepōsi ton kapnon tēs pyrōseōs autēs, apo makrothen estēkotes, dia ton … hē polis hē megalē, Babylōn, hē polis hē ischyra; hoti mią hōrą ēlthen hē krisis sou. Kai hoi emporoi tēs gēs klausousi kai penthēsousin epʼ autēn; hoti ton gomon autōn oudeis agorasei ouketi; gomon chrysiou, kai argyriou, kai lithou timiou, kai margaritou, kai byssou, kai porphyras, kai sērikou, kai kokkinou; kai pan xylon thuinon, kai pan skeuos elephantinon, kai pan skeuos ek xylou timiōtatou, kai chalkou, kai sidērou, kai marmarou; kai kinamōmou; kai amōmon, kai thymiama, kai myron, kai libanon, kai oinon, kai elaion, kai semidalin, kai siton, kai ktēnē, kai probata, kai tragous; kai ippōn, kai rhedōn, kai sōmatōn, kai psychas anthrōpōn. Kai hē opōra tēs epithymias tēs psychēs sou apēlthen apo sou, kai panta ta lipara kai ta lampra apōleto apo sou, kai ouketi ou mē auta heurę̄s. Hoi emporoi toutōn hoi ploutisantes, apo makrothen stēsontai, dia ton phobon tou basanismou autēs, klaiontes, kai penthountes, kai legontes; ouai, Ouai, hē polis hē megalē, hē peribeblēmenē byssinon, kai porphyroun, kai kokkinon, kai kechrysōmenē en chrysiǭ, kai lithǭ tiimiǭ,kai margaritais hoti mią ōrą hērēmōthē ho tosoutos ploutos. Kai pas kybernētēs, kai pas epi tōn ploiōn ho homilos, kai nautai, kai hosoi tēn thalassan ergazontai, apo makrothen estēsan kai ekraxan blepontes ton kapnon tēs pyrōseōs autēs, legontes; Tis homoia tę̄ polei tę̄ megalę̄? Kai ebalon choun epi tas kephalas autōn, kai ekraxan klaiontes kai penthountes, legontes; Ouai, ouai, hē polis hē megalē, en hę̄ eploutēsan pantes hoi echontes ta ploia en tę̄ thalassę̄ ek tēs piotētos autēs; hoti mią hōrą ērēmōthē.

"Pay her back as she herself paid back, and double the double according to her works; in the cup in which she mixed, mix her a double portion. As much as she glorified herself and lived in luxury, so much torment and grief give her; for in her heart she says, I sit as queen, and I am no widow, and I shall never see grief. Therefore in one day her plagues will come, death and grief and famine, and she will be burned up with fire; for mighty is the Lord God who judged her. And the kings of the earth who committed fornication and lived in luxury with her will weep and wail over her when they see the smoke of her burning, standing far off for … the great city, Babylon, the mighty city; for in one hour your judgment has come. And the merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her, because no one buys their cargo any more: cargo of gold and silver and precious stone and pearl, and fine linen and purple and silk and scarlet, and all citron wood, and every vessel of ivory, and every vessel of most precious wood and bronze and iron and marble, and cinnamon and spice and incense and myrrh and frankincense, and wine and oil and fine flour and wheat, and cattle and sheep and goats, and horses and chariots and bodies, and human souls. And the fruit your soul desired has gone from you, and all the rich and splendid things have perished from you, and you will never find them again. The merchants of these things, who grew rich, will stand far off for fear of her torment, weeping and mourning and saying: Alas, alas, the great city, clothed in fine linen and purple and scarlet, and gilded with gold and precious stone and pearls; for in one hour such great wealth has been laid waste. And every pilot, and all the company aboard the ships, and sailors, and all who work the sea, stood far off and cried out as they saw the smoke of her burning, saying: Who is like the great city? And they threw dust on their heads and cried out, weeping and mourning, saying: Alas, alas, the great city, in which all who had ships on the sea grew rich from her fatness; for in one hour she has been laid waste.

Chapter 42

42PG 10:760b–760c

« Εὐφραίνου ἐπʼ αὐτῇ, οὐρανὲ, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ὅτι ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρῖμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἦρεν εἶς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον, ὡς μύλον μέγαν, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων· Οὕτως ὀρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὐρεθῇ ἔτι. Καὶ φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιγκτῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι· καὶ πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης, οὐ μὴ εὐρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι· καὶ φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι· καὶ φῶς λύχνου οὐ μὴ φανῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι· καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι· ὅτι οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς· ὅτι ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη· καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ αἶμα τῶν προφητῶν καὶ ἀγίων εὐρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. »

« Euphrainou epʼ autę̄, ourane, kai hoi angeloi, kai hoi apostoloi, kai hoi prophētai, hoti ekrinen ho Theos to krima hymōn ex autēs. Kai ēren eis angelos ischyros lithon, hōs mylon megan, kai ebalen eis tēn thalassan, legōn; Houtōs ormēmati blēthēsetai Babylōn hē megalē polis, kai ou mē eurethę̄ eti. Kai phōnē kitharǭdōn, kai mousikōn, kai aulētōn, kai salpinktōn, ou mē akousthę̄ en soi eti; kai pas technitēs pasēs technēs, ou mē eurethę̄ en soi eti; kai phōnē mylou ou mē akousthę̄ en soi eti; kai phōs lychnou ou mē phanę̄ en soi eti; kai phōnē nymphiou kai nymphēs ou mē akousthę̄ en soi eti; hoti hoi emporoi sou ēsan hoi megistanes tēs gēs; hoti en tę̄ pharmakeią sou eplanēthēsan panta ta ethnē; kai en tę̄ autę̄ aima tōn prophētōn kai agiōn eurethē, kai pantōn tōn esphagmenōn epi tēs gēs. »

"Rejoice over her, O heaven, and you angels and apostles and prophets, for God has judged your cause against her. And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone and threw it into the sea, saying: So with violence will Babylon the great city be thrown down, and will never be found again. And the sound of harpers and musicians and flute players and trumpeters will never be heard in you again; and no craftsman of any craft will be found in you again; and the sound of the mill will never be heard in you again; and the light of a lamp will never shine in you again; and the voice of bridegroom and bride will never be heard in you again; for your merchants were the great men of the earth, for by your sorcery all the nations were deceived; and in her was found the blood of prophets and of saints, and of all who have been slain on the earth."

Chapter 43

43PG 10:760c–761a

Περὶ μὲν τῆς τῶν βασάνων, τῶν ἐπερχομένων αὐτῇ ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων ὑπὸ τῶν τότε ἐσομένων τυράννων μερικῆς κρίσεως, σαφέστατα ἐν τοῖς ῥητοῖς τούτοις δεδήλωται· δεῖ δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν χρόνον ἐξηκριβωμένους ἐκθέσθαι, ἐν οἶς καιροῖς ταῦτα συμβήσεται, καὶ ὡς τὸ κέρας τὸ μικρὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀναφανήσεται. Τῶν γὰρ κνημῶν τῶν σιδηρῶν τῶν νῦν ἔτι κρατουσῶν, ἐπὶ τὰ ἴχνη τῶν ποδῶν, καὶ τοὺς δακτύλους χωρησάντων κατὰ τὴν τῆς εἰκόνος φανέρωσιν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ φοβεροῦ δεῖξιν, καθὼς σεσήμανται ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, οἷς καιροῖς ὁ σίδηρος καὶ τὸ ὄστρακον εἰς ταυτὸν ἀναμιγήσεται. Δείξει δὲ ἡμῖν Δανιὴλ τὰ προκείμενα. Λέγει γάρ· « Καὶ διαθήσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἐβδομὰς μία· καὶ ἔσται, ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει τῆς ἐβδομάδος ἀρθήσεταί μου θυσία καὶ σπονδή. » Μίαν μὲν οὖν ἐβδομάδα ἐτῶν τὴν ἐσχάτην τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ τέρματι τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου ἐσομένην ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων ἐσήμανεν· ἦς ἐβδομάδος τὸ μὲν ἤμισυ λήψονται οἱ δύο προφῆται, Ἐνὼχ καὶ Ἡλίας. Οὗτοι γὰρ κηρύξουσιν ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἐξήκοντα, περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους, μετάνοιαν τῷ λαῷ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι καταγγέλλοντες.

Peri men tēs tōn basanōn, tōn eperchomenōn autę̄ epʼ eschatōn hypo tōn tote esomenōn tyrannōn merikēs kriseōs, saphestata en tois rhētois toutois dedēlōtai; dei de hēmas kai ton chronon exēkribōmenous ekthesthai, en ois kairois tauta symbēsetai, kai hōs to keras to mikron en autois anaphanēsetai. Tōn gar knēmōn tōn sidērōn tōn nyn eti kratousōn, epi ta ichnē tōn podōn, kai tous daktylous chōrēsantōn kata tēn tēs eikonos phanerōsin, kai tēn tou thēriou tou phoberou deixin, kathōs sesēmantai en tois emprosthen, hois kairois ho sidēros kai to ostrakon eis tauton anamigēsetai. Deixei de hēmin Daniēl ta prokeimena. Legei gar; « Kai diathēsei diathēkēn pollois ebdomas mia; kai estai, en tǭ hēmisei tēs ebdomados arthēsetai mou thysia kai spondē. » Mian men oun ebdomada etōn tēn eschatēn tēn epi tǭ termati tou sympantos kosmou esomenēn epʼ eschatōn esēmanen; ēs ebdomados to men ēmisy lēpsontai hoi dyo prophētai, Enōch kai Hēlias. Houtoi gar kēryxousin hēmeras chilias diakosias exēkonta, peribeblēmenoi sakkous, metanoian tǭ laǭ kai pasi tois ethnesi katangellontes.

Concerning the partial judgment of the torments that will come upon her in the last times at the hands of the tyrants who will then arise, it has been shown most clearly in these sayings. But we must also set out with exactness the time at which these things will happen, and how the little horn will appear among them. For when the legs of iron, which still rule now, have passed into the footprints of the feet and the toes, according to what was shown in the image and in the terrible beast, as has been indicated above, then is the time when the iron and the clay will be mixed together. Daniel will show us what lies before us. For he says: "And one week will make a covenant with many; and it shall be that in the half of the week my sacrifice and libation will be taken away." By one week, then, he signified the last week of years, which will be at the end of the whole world in the last days; and half of this week the two prophets, Enoch and Elijah, will take. For they will preach for one thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed in sackcloth, proclaiming repentance to the people and to all the nations.

Chapter 44

44PG 10:761a–764b

Ὡσπερ γὰρ δύο παρουσίαι τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν ἐδείχθησαν· μία μὲν ἡ πρώτη κατὰ σάρκα γενομένη ἄτιμος διὰ τὸ ἐξουθενηθῆναι αὐτὸν, καθὼς προανεφώνει Ἡσαῖας λέγων· « Εἴδομεν αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ κάλλος· ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον, ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ἀνθρωπος ἐν πληγῇ ὡν, καὶ εἰδὼς φέρειν μαλακίαν, [ὅτι ἀπέστραπται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ,] ἡτιμάσθη καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσθη· » ἡ δὲ δευτέρα παρουσία αὐτοῦ κεκήρυκται ἔνδοξος, ὡς παραγενήσεται ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν μετὰ δυνάμεως ἀγγέλων, καὶ Πατρικῆς δόξης, ὡς φησιν ὁ προφήτης·« Βασιλέα μετὰ δόξης ὄψεσθε· καί· Ἐθεώρουν μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον, καὶ ἔως τοῦ Παλαιοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἔφθασε· καὶ προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ, καὶ αὐτῷ ἐδόθη ἡ ἀρχὴ. καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία· πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ, καὶ γλῶσσαι δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ· ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ, βασιλεία αἰώνιος, ἤτις οὐ διαφθαρήσεται. s Οὕτω καὶ δύο πρόδρομοι ἐδείχθησαν· ὁ μὲν πρῶτος γενόμενος Ἰωάννης, ὁ τοῦ Ζαχαρίου υἱὸς, κατὰ πάντα πρόδρομος καὶ κῆρυξ τοῦʼ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν γενηθεὶς, εὐαγγελιζόμενος τὸ ἐπουράνιον φῶς, τὸ ἐν κόσμῳ φανὲν, προέδραμεν ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς πρῶτος, συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐλισάβετ, ἵνα καὶ τοῖς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς νηπίοις ὑπάρχουσιν, ἐπιδείξη τὴν ἐσομένην αὐτοῖς διὰ Πνεύματος ἀγίου καὶ Παρθένου, καινὴν γέννησιν.

Hōsper gar dyo parousiai tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn dia tōn Graphōn edeichthēsan; mia men hē prōtē kata sarka genomenē atimos dia to exouthenēthēnai auton, kathōs proanephōnei Hēsaias legōn; « Eidomen auton kai ouk eichen eidos oude kallos; alla to eidos autou atimon, ekleipon para pantas tous anthrōpous. Anthrōpos en plēgę̄ hōn, kai eidōs pherein malakian, [hoti apestraptai to prosōpon autou,] hētimasthē kai ouk elogisthē; » hē de deutera parousia autou kekēryktai endoxos, hōs paragenēsetai apʼ ouranōn meta dynameōs angelōn, kai Patrikēs doxēs, hōs phēsin ho prophētēs;« Basilea meta doxēs opsesthe; kai; Etheōroun meta tōn nephelōn tou ouranou hōs Huion anthrōpou erchomenon, kai eōs tou Palaiou tōn hēmerōn ephthase; kai prosēnechthē autǭ, kai autǭ edothē hē archē. kai hē timē, kai hē doxa, kai hē basileia; pasai hai phylai, kai glōssai douleusousin autǭ; hē basileia autou, basileia aiōnios, ētis ou diaphtharēsetai. s Houtō kai dyo prodromoi edeichthēsan; ho men prōtos genomenos Iōannēs, ho tou Zachariou huios, kata panta prodromos kai kēryx touʼ Sōtēros hēmōn genētheis, euangelizomenos to epouranion phōs, to en kosmǭ phanen, proedramen ek koilias mētros prōtos, syllēphtheis hypo tēs Elisabet, hina kai tois ek koilias mētros nēpiois hyparchousin, epideixē tēn esomenēn autois dia Pneumatos agiou kai Parthenou, kainēn gennēsin.

For just as two comings of our Lord and Saviour were shown by the Scriptures, the first in the flesh, which was without honour because he was set at naught, as Isaiah foretold, saying: "We saw him, and he had no form nor beauty, but his form was without honour, falling short of all men; a man in affliction, and knowing how to bear sickness, [for his face was turned away,] he was dishonoured and not esteemed"; while his second coming has been proclaimed as glorious, when he will come from heaven with the host of angels and the glory of the Father, as the prophet says: "You will see a King with glory," and: "I looked, and with the clouds of heaven one like a son of man was coming, and he came as far as the Ancient of Days and was presented to him; and to him was given the dominion and the honour and the glory and the kingdom; all the tribes and tongues will serve him; his kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, which will not be destroyed"; so also two forerunners were shown. The first was John, the son of Zechariah, who became in all things the forerunner and herald of our Saviour, announcing the heavenly light that appeared in the world. He was the first to run before him, from his mother's womb, conceived by Elizabeth, so that to those who are infants from their mother's womb he might show the new birth that was to be theirs through the Holy Spirit and the Virgin.

Chapter 45

45PG 10:764b

Οὗτος ἀκούσας τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Ἐλισάβετ, ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν κοιλίᾳ μητρὸς ἀγαλλόμενος, ἐνορῶν τὸν ἐν κοιλίᾳ τῆς Παρθένου συνειλημμένον Θεὸν Λόγον. Ἐπειτα κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ παρεγένετο, βάπτισμα μετανοίας τῷ λαῷ καταγγέλλων, προμηνύων σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἐν ἐρημίᾳ κόσμου πολιτευομένοις ἔθνεσι. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνη αὐτοψεὶ δεικνύει τὸν Σωτῆρα, καὶ λέγει· « Ἰδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. » Οὗτος προέφθασε καὶ τοῖς ἐν ἅδη εὐαγγελίσασθαι, ἀναιρεθεὶς ὑπὸ Ἡρώδου, πρόδρομος γενόμενος ἐκεῖ· σημαίνειν μέλλων κἀκεῖσε κατελεύσεσθαι τὸν Σωτῆρα λυτρούμενον τὰς τῶν ἀγίων ψυχὰς ἐκ χειρὸς θανάτου.

Houtos akousas ton aspasmon tēs Elisabet, eskirtēsen en koilią mētros agallomenos, enorōn ton en koilią tēs Parthenou syneilēmmenon Theon Logon. Epeita kēryssōn en tę̄ erēmǭ paregeneto, baptisma metanoias tǭ laǭ katangellōn, promēnyōn sōtērian tois en erēmią kosmou politeuomenois ethnesi. Meta tauta en tǭ Iordanē autopsei deiknyei ton Sōtēra, kai legei; « Ide, ho Amnos tou Theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. » Houtos proephthase kai tois en hadē euangelisasthai, anairetheis hypo Hērōdou, prodromos genomenos ekei; sēmainein mellōn kakeise kateleusesthai ton Sōtēra lytroumenon tas tōn agiōn psychas ek cheiros thanatou.

When he heard Elizabeth's greeting, he leaped for joy in his mother's womb, perceiving God the Word conceived in the womb of the Virgin. Afterwards he came preaching in the wilderness, proclaiming a baptism of repentance to the people, foretelling salvation to the nations dwelling in the wilderness of the world. After this, at the Jordan, he points out the Saviour with his own eyes and says: "Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world." He also went ahead to preach the gospel to those in Hades, when he was put to death by Herod, becoming the forerunner there too, to make known that the Saviour would come down there as well to redeem the souls of the saints from the hand of death.

Chapter 46

46PG 10:764c–765a

Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ἀρχὴ ἀναστάσεως πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἦν ὁ Σωτὴρ, ἔδει τὸν Κύριον μόνον ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, διʼ οὗ ἡ κρίσις παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσελεύσεται· ἵνα οἱ ἀξίως ἀγωνισάμενοι, ἀξίως καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ στεφανωθῶσιν· ὑπὸ τοῦ καλοῦ ἀγωνοθέτου, πρώτου τὸ στάδιον διηνυκότος, τοῦ ἀναληφθέντος εἰς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καθεσθέντος, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τῇ συντελεία τοῦ κόσμου κριτοῦ πεφανερωθησομένου. Ἀναγκαίως δεῖ πρώτους τοὺς προδρόμους αὐτοῦ φανερωθῆναι, καθὡς διὰ Μαλαχίου καὶ ἀγγέλου φησί· « Πέμψω ὕμῖν Ἡλίαν τὸν Θεσβίτην, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν Κυρίου, τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ· ὅς ἀποκαταστήσει καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων, μήποτε ἐλθὼν πατάξω τὴν γῆν ἄρδην.» Οὗτοι οὗν παραγενόμενοι κηρύξουσι τὴν μέλλουσαν ἔσεσθαι ἀπὸ οὐρανῶν Χριστοῦ ἐπιφάνειαν· οἶ καὶ ποιήσουσι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα εἰς τὸ κἂν οὕτως δυσωπῆσαι καὶ ἐπιστρέψαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς μετάνοιαν, διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν αὐτῶν ἀνομίαν τε καὶ ἀσέβειαν.

Allʼ epeidē archē anastaseōs pantōn anthrōpōn ēn ho Sōtēr, edei ton Kyrion monon anistasthai ek tōn nekrōn, diʼ hou hē krisis panti tǭ kosmǭ eiseleusetai; hina hoi axiōs agōnisamenoi, axiōs kai parʼ autou stephanōthōsin; hypo tou kalou agōnothetou, prōtou to stadion diēnykotos, tou analēphthentos eis ouranous, kai en dexią tou Theou kai Patros kathesthentos, kai palin epi tę̄ synteleia tou kosmou kritou pephanerōthēsomenou. Anankaiōs dei prōtous tous prodromous autou phanerōthēnai, kathōs dia Malachiou kai angelou phēsi; « Pempsō hymin Hēlian ton Thesbitēn, prin ē elthein tēn hēmeran Kyriou, tēn megalēn kai epiphanē; hos apokatastēsei kardias paterōn epi tekna, kai apeitheis en phronēsei dikaiōn, mēpote elthōn pataxō tēn gēn ardēn.» Houtoi houn paragenomenoi kēryxousi tēn mellousan esesthai apo ouranōn Christou epiphaneian; oi kai poiēsousi sēmeia kai terata eis to kan houtōs dysōpēsai kai epistrepsai tous anthrōpous eis metanoian, dia tēn hyperballousan autōn anomian te kai asebeian.

But since the Saviour was the beginning of the resurrection of all people, it was fitting that the Lord alone should rise from the dead, through whom judgment will come upon the whole world, so that those who have contended worthily may also be worthily crowned by him, the good president of the games, who first ran the course, who was taken up into the heavens and seated at the right hand of God the Father, and who will be manifested again as Judge at the consummation of the world. Necessarily his forerunners must be manifested first, as he says through Malachi, that is, the messenger: "I will send you Elijah the Tishbite before the great and glorious day of the Lord comes, who will turn the hearts of fathers to children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous, lest I come and strike the earth utterly." These, then, when they come, will proclaim the appearing of Christ that is to come from heaven; and they will also perform signs and wonders, so that even in this way they may shame people and turn them to repentance, because of their surpassing lawlessness and impiety.

Chapter 47

47PG 10:765a–765c

Λέγει γὰρ Ἰωάννης· « Καὶ δώσω τοῖς δυσὶ μάρτυσί μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἐξήκοντα, περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους· Τουτέστι, τὸ ἤμισυ τῆς ἐβδομάδος, ἦς εἰρηκε Δανιήλ. Οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἐστῶσαι· καὶ εἴ τις αὐτοὺς θελήσει ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν· καὶ εἴ τις θελήσει ἐν τούτοις ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι. Οὗτοι ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέξῃ τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα, καὶ πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ, ὁσάκις ἐὰν [θελήσωσι. » Καὶ ὅταν ]τελέσωσι τὸν δρόμον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτῶν, τί φησιν ὁ προφήτης; « Τὸ θηρίον τὸ ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου ποιήσει μετʼ αὐτῶν πόλεμον, καὶ νικήσει αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτοὺς,» διὰ τὸ μὴ θέλειν αὐτοὺς δόξαν δοῦναι τῷ Ἀντιχρίστῳ. Τουτέστι, τὸ ἀναφυὲν μικρὸν κέρας. Ὁς ἐπαρθεὶς λοιπὸν τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἄρχεται ἑαυτὸν ὑψοῦν καὶ δοξάζειν ὡς Θεὸν, διώκων τοὺς ἀγίους, καὶ βλασφημῶν τὸν Χριστὸν, καθὼς λέγει Δανιήλ· Προσενόουν τῷ κέρατι, καὶ ἰδοὺ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡσεὶ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῷ κέρατι, καὶ στόμα λαλοῦν μεγάλα, καὶ ἤνοιξε τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ εἰς βλασφημίαν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν καὶ τὸ κέρας ἐκεῖνο ἐποίει πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν ἀγίων, καὶ ἴσχυσε πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ἕως ἂν ἀνῃρέθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐδόθη εἰς καῦσιν πυρός. »

Legei gar Iōannēs; « Kai dōsō tois dysi martysi mou, kai prophēteusousin hēmeras chilias diakosias exēkonta, peribeblēmenoi sakkous; Toutesti, to ēmisy tēs ebdomados, ēs eirēke Daniēl. Houtoi eisin hai dyo elaiai kai hai dyo lychniai hai enōpion tou Kyriou tēs gēs estōsai; kai ei tis autous thelēsei adikēsai, pyr exeleusetai ek tou stomatos autōn, kai katesthiei tous echthrous autōn; kai ei tis thelēsei en toutois adikēsai, houtōs dei auton apoktanthēnai. Houtoi echousin exousian kleisai ton ouranon, hina mē hyetos brexę̄ tas hēmeras tēs prophēteias autōn, kai exousian echousin epi tōn hydatōn strephein auta eis haima, kai pataxai tēn gēn en pasę̄ plēgę̄, hosakis ean [thelēsōsi. » Kai hotan ]telesōsi ton dromon autōn kai tēn martyrian autōn, ti phēsin ho prophētēs? « To thērion to anabainon ek tēs abyssou poiēsei metʼ autōn polemon, kai nikēsei autous, kai apoktenei autous,» dia to mē thelein autous doxan dounai tǭ Antichristǭ. Toutesti, to anaphyen mikron keras. Hos epartheis loipon tę̄ kardią, archetai heauton hypsoun kai doxazein hōs Theon, diōkōn tous agious, kai blasphēmōn ton Christon, kathōs legei Daniēl; Prosenooun tǭ kerati, kai idou ophthalmoi hōsei anthrōpou en tǭ kerati, kai stoma laloun megala, kai ēnoixe to stoma autou eis blasphēmian pros ton Theon kai to keras ekeino epoiei polemon meta tōn agiōn, kai ischyse pros autous, heōs an anę̄rethē to thērion, kai apōleto, kai to sōma autou edothē eis kausin pyros. »

For John says: "And I will grant my two witnesses, and they will prophesy for one thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed in sackcloth": that is, the half of the week of which Daniel spoke. "These are the two olive trees and the two lampstands that stand before the Lord of the earth. And if anyone wants to harm them, fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemies; and if anyone wants to harm them, he must be killed in this way. These have authority to shut the sky, so that no rain falls during the days of their prophecy, and they have authority over the waters to turn them into blood, and to strike the earth with every plague as often as [they wish." And when] they finish their course and their testimony, what does the prophet say? "The beast that comes up out of the abyss will make war on them, and will conquer them and kill them," because they will not give glory to Antichrist, that is, the little horn that has sprung up. He, his heart now lifted up, begins to exalt himself and glorify himself as God, persecuting the saints and blaspheming Christ, as Daniel says: "I considered the horn, and behold, eyes like a man's in the horn, and a mouth speaking great things, and he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God; and that horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the beast was slain and perished, and its body was given to the burning of fire."

Chapter 48

48PG 10:765c–768a

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ δεῖ λεπτομερέστερον περὶ αὐτοῦ διηγήσασθαι, πῶς τε τὸ ἄγιον Πνεῦμα διʼ ἀριθμοὺ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μυστικῶς ἐδήλωσε, σαφέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ διηγησόμεθα. Λέγει γὰρ Ἰωάννης οὕτως Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, καὶ εἶχε κέρατα δύο, ὅμοια ἀρνίῳ, καὶ ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων. Καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου πᾶσαν ἐποίει ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίει τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας, ἵνα προσκυνήσωσι τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐποίει σημεῖα μεγάλα, ἵνα καὶ πῦρ ποιῇ καταβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν κατενώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς διὰ τὰ σημεῖα, ὰ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θηρίου, λέγον τοῖς κατοικοῦσι τὴν γῆν, ποιῆσαι εἰκόνα τῷ θηρίῳ, ὅ ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρας καὶ ἔζησε. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ πνεῦμα δοῦναι τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἵνα καὶ λαλήσῃ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ποιήσῃ, ἵνα ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσι τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου, ἀποκτανθῶσι. Καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα δώσῃ αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῶν· ἴνα μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, Ὡδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν. Ὁ ἔχων νοῦν, ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου· ἀριθμὸς γὰρ ἀνθρώπου ἐστὶ, καὶ ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν χξς.

Allʼ epei dei leptomeresteron peri autou diēgēsasthai, pōs te to agion Pneuma diʼ arithmou kai to onoma autou mystikōs edēlōse, saphesteron ta peri autou diēgēsometha. Legei gar Iōannēs houtōs Kai eidon allo thērion anabainon ek tēs gēs, kai eiche kerata dyo, homoia arniǭ, kai elalei hōs drakōn. Kai tēn exousian tou prōtou thēriou pasan epoiei enōpion autou, kai epoiei tēn gēn kai tous en autę̄ katoikountas, hina proskynēsōsi to thērion to prōton, hou etherapeuthē hē plēgē tou thanatou autou. Kai epoiei sēmeia megala, hina kai pyr poię̄ katabēnai ek tou ouranou eis tēn gēn katenōpion tōn anthrōpōn. Kai planą tous katoikountas epi tēs gēs dia ta sēmeia, a edothē autǭ poiēsai enōpion tou thēriou, legon tois katoikousi tēn gēn, poiēsai eikona tǭ thēriǭ, ho echei tēn plēgēn tēs machairas kai ezēse. Kai edothē autǭ pneuma dounai tę̄ eikoni tou thēriou hina kai lalēsę̄ hē eikōn tou thēriou, kai poiēsę̄, hina hosoi ean mē proskynēsōsi tę̄ eikoni tou thēriou, apoktanthōsi. Kai poiei pantas, tous mikrous kai tous megalous, kai tous plousious kai tous ptōchous, kai tous eleutherous kai tous doulous, hina dōsę̄ autois charagma epi tēs cheiros autōn tēs dexias, ē epi to metōpon autōn; ina mē tis dynētai agorasai ē pōlēsai, ei mē ho echōn to charagma, to onoma tou thēriou, ē ton arithmon tou onomatos autou, Hōde hē sophia estin. Ho echōn noun, psēphisatō ton arithmon tou thēriou; arithmos gar anthrōpou esti, kai ho arithmos autou estin chxs.

But since we must describe him in more detail, and how the Holy Spirit indicated even his name in a hidden way through a number, we will recount what concerns him more clearly. For John speaks thus: "And I saw another beast coming up out of the earth, and it had two horns like a lamb's, and it spoke like a dragon. And it exercised all the authority of the first beast before it, and it made the earth and those who dwell on it worship the first beast, whose mortal wound had been healed. And it performed great signs, so as even to make fire come down from heaven to earth in the sight of men. And it deceives those who dwell on the earth by the signs that it was granted to perform before the beast, telling those who dwell on the earth to make an image for the beast that has the wound of the sword and lived. And it was granted to give breath to the image of the beast, so that the image of the beast should even speak, and should cause all who would not worship the image of the beast to be killed. And it makes all, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to be given a mark on their right hand or on their forehead, so that no one can buy or sell except the one who has the mark, the name of the beast, or the number of its name. Here is wisdom. Let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man, and its number is 666."

Chapter 49

49PG 10:768a–769b

Τὸ μὲν οὗν θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου ἐσομένην λέγει· τὰ δὲ δύο κέρατα, καὶ τὸν μετʼ αὐτὸν ψευδοπροφήτην· τὸ δὲ εἰπεῖν· « τὰ κέρατα αὐτοῦ ὅμοια ἀρνίῳ· » ὅτι ἐξομοιοῦσθαι μέλλει τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν βασιλέα ἐπιδεικνύειν· τὸ δὲ « λαλεῖν ὡς δράκων,» ὅτι πλάνος ἐστὶ καὶ οὐκ ἀληθής· τὸ δὲ καὶ « τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου ἐποίει, καὶ ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας, ἵνα προσκυνήσωσι τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ· » τοῦτο σημαίνει, ὅτι κατὰ τὸν Αὐγούστου νόμον, ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία Ῥωμαίων συνέστη, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς κελεύσει καὶ διατάξει, ἅπαντα ἐπικυρῶν διὰ τούτου, καὶ δόξαν ἑαυτοῦ πλείονα περιποιούμενος. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ θηρίον τὸ τέταρτον, οὗ ἐπλήγη ἡ κεφαλὴ, καὶ πάλιν ἐθεραπεύθη· διὰ τὸ καταλυθῆναι αὐτὴν, ἢ καὶ ἀτιμασθῆναι, καὶ εἰς δέκα διαδήματα ἀναλυθῆναι· ὅς τότε πανοῦργος ὡν, ὥσπερ θεραπεύσει αὐτὴν καὶ ἀνανεώσει. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου, ὅτι « Δώσει πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι, καὶ λαλήσει ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου. Ἐνεργήσει γὰρ καὶ ἰσχύσει πάλιν διὰ τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὀριζόμενον νόμον· καὶ ποιήσει ἵνα ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσι τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου, ἀποκτανθῶσιν. Ὧδε ἡ πίστις καὶ ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἀγίων φανήσεται· φησὶ γάρ « Καὶ ποιήσει πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα δώσῃ αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον· ἵνα μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. » Δόλιος γὰρ ὦν καὶ ἐπαιρόμενος κατὰ τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ, βουλόμενος ἐκθλίβειν καὶ ἐκδιώκειν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ διδόναι αὐτοὺς αὐτῷ δόξαν, κελεύσει πάντας πανταχοῦ πυρεῖα τεθῆναι, ἵνα μηδεὶς δύνηται τῶν ἀγίων μήτε ἀγοράσαι μήτε πωλῆσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον ἐπιθύσῃ· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ « ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς » διδόμενον. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον εἰπεῖν, ἵνα πάντες ὧσιν ἐστεφανωμένοι, πύρινον καὶ οὐ ζωῆς, ἀλλὰ θανάτου στέφανον μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν περιφέροντες. Οὕτω γὰρ ἐτεχνάσατο κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ Ἀντίοχος ὁ Ἐπιφανὴς, ὁ τῆς Συρίας γενόμενος βασιλεὺς, ὦν ἔκγονος Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Μακεδόνος. Καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς τότε καιροῖς ἐπαρθεὶς τῇ καρδίᾳ ἔγραψε ψήφισμα, « βωμοὺς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν τιθέντας » ἅπαντας ἐπιθύσειν, καὶ «κισσοὺς ἐστεφανωμένους πομπεύειν τῷ Διονύσῳ· τοὺς δὲ μὴ βουλομένους ὑποτάσσεσθαι, τούτους μετὰ ἀπαγχισμὸν καὶ ἐτασμὸν βασάνων ἀναιρεῖσθαι. » Ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ ἀντάξια παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ δικαιοκρίτου καὶ παντεπόπτου Θεοῦ ἔλαβε· γενόμενος γὰρ σκωληκόβρωτος μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἴ τις βούλοιτο λεπτομερῶς ἐνιστορῆσαι, σεσήμανται ἐν τοῖς Μακκαβαϊκοῖς.

To men houn thērion anabainon ek tēs gēs, tēn basileian tēn tou Antichristou esomenēn legei; ta de dyo kerata, kai ton metʼ auton pseudoprophētēn; to de eipein; « ta kerata autou homoia arniǭ; » hoti exomoiousthai mellei tǭ Huiǭ tou Theou, kai autos heauton basilea epideiknyein; to de « lalein hōs drakōn,» hoti planos esti kai ouk alēthēs; to de kai « tēn exousian tou prōtou thēriou epoiei, kai poiei tēn gēn kai tous en autę̄ katoikountas, hina proskynēsōsi to thērion to prōton, hou etherapeuthē hē plēgē tou thanatou autou; » touto sēmainei, hoti kata ton Augoustou nomon, aphʼ hou kai hē basileia Rhōmaiōn synestē, houtō kai autos keleusei kai diataxei, hapanta epikyrōn dia toutou, kai doxan heautou pleiona peripoioumenos. Touto gar esti to thērion to tetarton, hou eplēgē hē kephalē, kai palin etherapeuthē; dia to katalythēnai autēn, ē kai atimasthēnai, kai eis deka diadēmata analythēnai; hos tote panourgos hōn, hōsper therapeusei autēn kai ananeōsei. Touto gar esti to eirēmenon hypo tou prophētou, hoti « Dōsei pneuma tę̄ eikoni, kai lalēsei hē eikōn tou thēriou. Energēsei gar kai ischysei palin dia ton hypʼ autou orizomenon nomon; kai poiēsei hina hosoi ean mē proskynēsōsi tę̄ eikoni tou thēriou, apoktanthōsin. Hōde hē pistis kai hē hypomonē tōn agiōn phanēsetai; phēsi gar « Kai poiēsei pantas, tous mikrous kai tous megalous, kai tous plousious kai tous ptōchous, kai tous eleutherous kai tous doulous, hina dōsę̄ autois charagma epi tēs cheiros autōn tēs dexias, ē epi to metōpon; hina mē tis dynētai agorasai ē pōlēsai, ei mē ho echōn to charagma, to onoma tou thēriou, ē ton arithmon tou onomatos autou. » Dolios gar ōn kai epairomenos kata tōn doulōn tou Theou, boulomenos ekthlibein kai ekdiōkein autous ek tou kosmou, kai dia to mē didonai autous autǭ doxan, keleusei pantas pantachou pyreia tethēnai, hina mēdeis dynētai tōn agiōn mēte agorasai mēte pōlēsai, ean mē prōton epithysę̄; touto gar esti to charagma, to « epi tēs cheiros tēs dexias » didomenon. To de epi to metōpon eipein, hina pantes hōsin estephanōmenoi, pyrinon kai ou zōēs, alla thanatou stephanon methʼ heautōn peripherontes. Houtō gar etechnasato kata tōn Ioudaiōn kai Antiochos ho Epiphanēs, ho tēs Syrias genomenos basileus, ōn ekgonos Alexandrou tou Makedonos. Kai autos tois tote kairois epartheis tę̄ kardią egrapse psēphisma, « bōmous pro tōn thyrōn tithentas » hapantas epithysein, kai «kissous estephanōmenous pompeuein tǭ Dionysǭ; tous de mē boulomenous hypotassesthai, toutous meta apanchismon kai etasmon basanōn anaireisthai. » Alla kai autos ta antaxia para tou Kyriou kai dikaiokritou kai pantepoptou Theou elabe; genomenos gar skōlēkobrōtos metēllaxe ton bion. Kai tauta men ei tis bouloito leptomerōs enistorēsai, sesēmantai en tois Makkabaïkois.

By the beast coming up out of the earth, then, he means the kingdom of Antichrist that is to be; and by the two horns, him and the false prophet who is with him. By saying "its horns like a lamb's," (he means) that he will make himself like the Son of God and present himself as king. By "it spoke like a dragon," that he is a deceiver and not truthful. And the words "it exercised all the authority of the first beast, and makes the earth and those who dwell on it worship the first beast, whose mortal wound had been healed" signify that, after the law of Augustus, by whom the empire of the Romans was established, he too will command and ordain, ratifying everything by it and gaining greater glory for himself. For this is the fourth beast, whose head was struck and healed again, because it was broken up, or even dishonoured, and dissolved into ten diadems; and he, being cunning, will then, as it were, heal it and renew it. For this is what was said by the prophet: "He will give breath to the image, and the image of the beast will speak." For it will act and be strong again through the law laid down by him; "and he will cause all who will not worship the image of the beast to be killed." Here the faith and the endurance of the saints will be shown. For he says: "And he will make all, small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to be given a mark on their right hand or on their forehead, so that no one can buy or sell except the one who has the mark, the name of the beast, or the number of its name." For being crafty and exalting himself against the servants of God, wishing to crush them and drive them out of the world, and because they do not give him glory, he will order censers to be set up by all everywhere, so that none of the saints can buy or sell unless he first offers sacrifice; for this is the mark given "on the right hand." And the words "on the forehead" mean that all are to be crowned, carrying with them a crown of fire, not of life but of death. For in this way too Antiochus Epiphanes, who became king of Syria, a descendant of Alexander of Macedon, schemed against the Jews. He too, his heart lifted up in those times, wrote a decree that all should sacrifice, "setting altars before their doors," and "walk in procession to Dionysus wreathed with ivy"; and those who would not submit were to be put to death by strangling and the torture of the rack. But he too received his due from the Lord, the righteous Judge and all-seeing God; for he was eaten by worms and departed this life. If anyone wishes to inquire into these things in detail, they are recorded in the books of the Maccabees.

Chapter 50

50PG 10:769b–772a

Νυνὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἐροῦμεν. Ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τεχνάσεται, κατὰ πάντα θλίβειν τοὺς ἀγίους θέλων· λέγει γὰρ ὁ προφήτης καὶ ἀπόστολος· « Ὧδε ὁ νοῦς. Ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου· ἀριθμὸς γὰρ ἀνθρώπου ἐστὶ, καὶ ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν χξς. » Περὶ μὲν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐν ἡμῖν τοσοῦτον ἀκριβὲς ἐξειπεῖν, ὡς ἐνενόησε καὶ ἐδιδάχθη περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅ μακάριος Ἰωάννης, ὅσον μόνον ὑπονοῆσαι· ἀναφαίνοντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ δείξει ὁ μακάριος τὸ ζητούμενον. Πλὴν ὅσον νοοῦμεν ἀμφιβάλλοντες λέγομεν. Πολλὰ μὲν εὐρίσκομεν ὀνόματα τούτῳ τῷ ἀριθμῷ ἰσόψηφα περιεχόμενα, οἷον, ὥσπερ εἰπεῖν, τὸ Τειτάν ἐστιν, ἀρχαῖον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄνομα, ἢ τὸ Εὐάνθας· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ τῇ αὐτῇ ψήφῳ ἐμπεριέχεται, καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα εὐρεθῆναι δυνάμενα. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ προέφθημεν λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ πρώτου, καὶ ποιήσει λαλεῖν τὴν εἰκόνα, τουτέστιν, ἴσχυσε φανερὸν δʼ ἐστὶ πᾶσιν, ὅτι οἱ κρατοῦντες ἔτι νῦν εἰσι Λατῖνοι· εἰς ἐνὸς οὖν ἀνθρώπου ὄνομα μεταγόμενον, γίνεται Λατεῖνος. Ὡστε οὕτε προκηρύσσειν δεῖ ὡς ὄντος τούτου ὀνόματος, οὕτε πάλιν ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι μὴ ἄλλως δύναται λέγεσθαι· ἔχοντες δὲ τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, μετὰ φόβου φυλάσσειν πιστῶς τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν μακαρίων προφητῶν προειρημένα, ἵνα γινομένων αὐτῶν, προϊδόντες μὴ σφαλλώμεθα. Τῶν γὰρ καιρῶν ἐπιγινομένων, καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ οὗ ταῦτα εἴρηται, φανερωθήσεται.

Nyni de pros to prokeimenon eroumen. Tauta gar kai autos technasetai, kata panta thlibein tous agious thelōn; legei gar ho prophētēs kai apostolos; « Hōde ho nous. Ho echōn sophian psēphisatō ton arithmon tou thēriou; arithmos gar anthrōpou esti, kai ho arithmos autou estin chxs. » Peri men tou onomatos autou, ouk en hēmin tosouton akribes exeipein, hōs enenoēse kai edidachthē peri autou ho makarios Iōannēs, hoson monon hyponoēsai; anaphainontos gar autou deixei ho makarios to zētoumenon. Plēn hoson nooumen amphiballontes legomen. Polla men euriskomen onomata toutǭ tǭ arithmǭ isopsēpha periechomena, hoion, hōsper eipein, to Teitan estin, archaion kai endoxon onoma, ē to Euanthas; kai gar auto tę̄ autę̄ psēphǭ emperiechetai, kai hetera pleiona eurethēnai dynamena. Allʼ epeidē proephthēmen legontes, hoti etherapeuthē hē plēgē tou thēriou tou prōtou, kai poiēsei lalein tēn eikona, toutestin, ischyse phaneron dʼ esti pasin, hoti hoi kratountes eti nyn eisi Latinoi; eis enos oun anthrōpou onoma metagomenon, ginetai Lateinos. Hōste houte prokēryssein dei hōs ontos toutou onomatos, houte palin agnoein, hoti mē allōs dynatai legesthai; echontes de to mystērion tou Theou en tę̄ kardią, meta phobou phylassein pistōs ta hypo tōn makariōn prophētōn proeirēmena, hina ginomenōn autōn, proïdontes mē sphallōmetha. Tōn gar kairōn epiginomenōn, kai autos peri hou tauta eirētai, phanerōthēsetai.

But now let us speak to the matter before us. For he too will devise these things, wishing to afflict the saints in every way. For the prophet and apostle says: "Here is the mind. Let the one who has wisdom calculate the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man, and its number is 666." Concerning his name, it is not in our power to state it as exactly as the blessed John understood and was taught about him, but only to conjecture; for when he appears, the blessed one will show what is sought. Yet as far as we understand it, we speak with hesitation. We find many names whose letters add up to this number, such as, for example, Teitan, an ancient and glorious name, or Euanthas; for it too comes to the same number; and many others can be found. But since we said before that the wound of the first beast was healed, and that he will make the image speak, that is, it became strong, it is plain to all that those who still rule now are the Latins. Transferred, then, into the name of a single man, it becomes Lateinos. So we must neither proclaim it as though this were certainly his name, nor again fail to recognize that he may not be called otherwise; but having the mystery of God in our heart, we must with fear keep faithfully what was foretold by the blessed prophets, so that when these things come to pass we may have foreseen them and not be deceived. For as the times come on, he too of whom these things are said will be revealed.

Chapter 51

51PG 10:772b

Ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ μόνοις τοῖς ῥητοῖς τούτοις πείσωμεν τοὺς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγια φιλοπονοῦντας, δείξομεν δι ἑτέρων ἀποδείξεων πλειόνων. Λέγει γὰρ Δανιήλ· « Καὶ οὗτοι σωθήσονται ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ἐδὼμ καὶ Μωὰβ, καὶ ἀρχὴ υἱῶν Ἀμμών. » Ἀμμὼν καὶ Μωὰβ οἱ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων τοῦ Λώτ υἱοὶ γεγενημένοι, ἐξ ὧν τὸ γένος ἕως τοῦ νῦν διαμένει. Λέγει γὰρ Ἡσαῖας « Καὶ πετασθήσονται ἐν πλοίοις ἀλλοφύλων, θάλασσαν ἅμα προνομεύοντες, καὶ τοὺς ἀφʼ ἡλίου ἀνατολῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ Μωὰβ πρῶτον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβαλοῦσιν οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Ἀμμὼν πρῶτοι ὑπακούσονται. »

Allʼ hina mē monois tois rhētois toutois peisōmen tous ta tou Theou logia philoponountas, deixomen di heterōn apodeixeōn pleionōn. Legei gar Daniēl; « Kai houtoi sōthēsontai ek cheiros autou, Edōm kai Mōab, kai archē huiōn Ammōn. » Ammōn kai Mōab hoi ek tōn thygaterōn tou Lōt huioi gegenēmenoi, ex hōn to genos heōs tou nyn diamenei. Legei gar Hēsaias « Kai petasthēsontai en ploiois allophylōn, thalassan hama pronomeuontes, kai tous aphʼ hēliou anatolōn, kai epi Mōab prōton tas cheiras epibalousin hoi de huioi Ammōn prōtoi hypakousontai. »

But so that we may not persuade those who love to study the oracles of God by these sayings alone, we will show it by many other proofs. For Daniel says: "And these will be saved from his hand: Edom and Moab and the chief of the sons of Ammon." Ammon and Moab are the sons born of Lot's daughters, whose race survives until now. For Isaiah says: "And they will fly in the ships of foreigners, plundering the sea together, and those from the rising of the sun; and they will lay their hands first on Moab, and the sons of Ammon will be the first to obey."

Chapter 52

52PG 10:772b–772c

Οὕτος οὖν τοῖς τότε καιροῖς ἀναδειχθεὶς ὑπαντεῖ· καὶ κρατήσας ἐν παρατάξει πολέμου τῶν τριῶν κεράτων ἐκ τῶν δέκα, καὶ ἐκριζώσας αὐτὰ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ Λιβύων, καὶ Αἰθιόπων, λαβὼν τὰ σκύλα καὶ τὰ λάφυρα, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν κεράτων τῶν περιβλαπτομένων, ἄρξει ὑψοῦσθαι τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἐπαίρεσθαι κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης κρατῶν· τὸ δὲ ὅρμημα αὐτοῦ πρῶτον ἔσται ἐπὶ Τύρον καὶ Βηρυτὸν, καὶ τὴν πέριξ χώραν. Ταύτας γὰρ πρῶτον τὰς πόλεις ἐκπορθήσας, ταῖς ἐτέραις φόβον ἐγγεννήσει, καθώς φησιν Ἡσαῖας· « Αἰσχύνθητι, Σιδὼν, εἶπεν ἡ θάλασσα· ἡ δὲ ἰσχὺς τῆς θαλάσσης εἶπεν· Οὐκ ὥδινον, οὐδʼ ἔτεκον, οὐδʼ ἐξέθρεψα νεανίσκους, οὐδὲ ὕψωσα παρθένους. Ὁταν δὲ ἀκουστὸν γένηται Αἰγύπτῳ, λήψεται αὐτοὺς ὀδύνη περὶ Τύρου. »

Houtos oun tois tote kairois anadeichtheis hypantei; kai kratēsas en parataxei polemou tōn triōn keratōn ek tōn deka, kai ekrizōsas auta, hoper estin Aigyptou, kai Libyōn, kai Aithiopōn, labōn ta skyla kai ta laphyra, hypotagentōn autǭ kai tōn loipōn keratōn tōn periblaptomenōn, arxei hypsousthai tę̄ kardią, kai epairesthai kata tou Theou, pasēs tēs oikoumenēs kratōn; to de hormēma autou prōton estai epi Tyron kai Bēryton, kai tēn perix chōran. Tautas gar prōton tas poleis ekporthēsas, tais eterais phobon engennēsei, kathōs phēsin Hēsaias; « Aischynthēti, Sidōn, eipen hē thalassa; hē de ischys tēs thalassēs eipen; Ouk hōdinon, oudʼ etekon, oudʼ exethrepsa neaniskous, oude hypsōsa parthenous. Hotan de akouston genētai Aigyptǭ, lēpsetai autous odynē peri Tyrou. »

He, then, having been revealed in those times, will go out to meet them; and having overcome in battle array three of the ten horns and uprooted them, namely Egypt, the Libyans, and the Ethiopians, and having taken their spoils and plunder, and the remaining horns, which are being harmed, having submitted to him, he will begin to be lifted up in heart and to exalt himself against God, as master of the whole world. His first onslaught will be against Tyre and Berytus and the surrounding country. For by sacking these cities first he will strike fear into the others, as Isaiah says: "Be ashamed, Sidon, said the sea; and the strength of the sea said: I have not been in labour, nor given birth, nor reared young men, nor brought up virgins. And when it is heard in Egypt, pain will seize them over Tyre."

Chapter 53

53PG 10:772c–773a

Τούτων οὕτως ἐσομένων, ἀγαπητὲ, καὶ τῶν τριῶν κεράτων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκκοπέντων, μετὰ ταῦτα ἄρξεται ὡς Θεὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδεικνύναι, ὡς προεῖπεν Ἰεζεκιήλ· « Ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία σου, καὶ εἶπας, Θεός εἰμι ἐγώ. » Καὶ Ἡσαῖας ὀμοίως· « Σὺ δὲ εἶπας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου· Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου· ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ Υψίστῳ. Νυν δὲ εἰς ἅδην καταβήσῃ, εἰς τὰ θεμέλια τῆς γῆς. » Ὡσαύτως καὶ Ἰεζεκιήλ· « Μὴ λέγων ἐρεῖς τοῖς ἀναιροῦσί σε, Θεός εἰμι ἐγώ; Σὺ δὲ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐ Θεός. »

Toutōn houtōs esomenōn, agapēte, kai tōn triōn keratōn hypʼ autou ekkopentōn, meta tauta arxetai hōs Theon heauton epideiknynai, hōs proeipen Iezekiēl; « Anthʼ hōn hypsōthē hē kardia sou, kai eipas, Theos eimi egō. » Kai Hēsaias omoiōs; « Sy de eipas en tę̄ kardią sou; Eis ton ouranon anabēsomai, epanō tōn astrōn tou ouranou thēsō ton thronon mou; esomai homoios tǭ Ypsistǭ. Nyn de eis hadēn katabēsę̄, eis ta themelia tēs gēs. » Hōsautōs kai Iezekiēl; « Mē legōn ereis tois anairousi se, Theos eimi egō? Sy de anthrōpos, kai ou Theos. »

These things being so to come, beloved, and the three horns having been cut off by him, after this he will begin to show himself as God, as Ezekiel foretold: "Because your heart was lifted up, and you said, I am God." And Isaiah likewise: "But you said in your heart: I will go up to heaven; above the stars of heaven I will set my throne; I will be like the Most High. But now you will go down to Hades, to the foundations of the earth." Likewise Ezekiel too: "Will you really say to those who slay you, I am God? But you are a man, and not God."

Chapter 54

54PG 10:773a–773b

Δεδειγμένων οὖν διὰ τῶν ῥητῶν τούτων τῆς φυλῆς, καὶ τῆς ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως, τοῦ τε ὀνόματος μυστικῶς σεσημασμένου, ἴδωμεν καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. Αὐτὸς γὰρ προσκαλέσεται πάντα τὸν λαὸν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐκ πάσης χώρας τῆς διασπορᾶς, ἰδιοποιούμενος ὡς τέκνα ἴδια, ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀποκαταστήσειν τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἀναστήσειν αὐτῶν τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὸν λαὸν, ἵνα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ὡς Θεὸς προσκυνηθῇ, ὡς λέγει ὁ προφήτης· « Συνάξει πᾶσαν τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου ἄχρι δυσμῶν· οὖς κεκλήκοι, καὶ οὐς οὐ κεκλήκοι, πορεύσονται μετʼ αὐτοῦ. » Καὶ Ἰερεμίας δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν χρώμενος παραβολῇ, φησὶν οὕτως· « Πέρδιξ ἐφώνησε, συνήγαγεν ἃ οὐκ ἔτεκε, ποιῶν τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ οὐ μετὰ κρίσεως· ἐν ἡμίσει ἡμερῶν καταλείψουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔσται ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων ἡμερῶν αὐτοῦ ἄφρων. »

Dedeigmenōn oun dia tōn rhētōn toutōn tēs phylēs, kai tēs anadeixeōs autou, kai tēs anaireseōs, tou te onomatos mystikōs sesēmasmenou, idōmen kai tēn praxin autou. Autos gar proskalesetai panta ton laon pros heauton ek pasēs chōras tēs diasporas, idiopoioumenos hōs tekna idia, epangellomenos apokatastēsein tēn chōran, kai anastēsein autōn tēn basileian kai ton laon, hina hypʼ autōn hōs Theos proskynēthę̄, hōs legei ho prophētēs; « Synaxei pasan tēn basileian autou apo anatolōn hēliou achri dysmōn; ous keklēkoi, kai ous ou keklēkoi, poreusontai metʼ autou. » Kai Ieremias de eis auton chrōmenos parabolę̄, phēsin houtōs; « Perdix ephōnēse, synēgagen ha ouk eteke, poiōn ton plouton autou ou meta kriseōs; en hēmisei hēmerōn kataleipsousin auton, kai estai epʼ eschatōn hēmerōn autou aphrōn. »

Since, then, his tribe, his manifestation, and his destruction have been shown through these sayings, and his name has been indicated in a hidden way, let us see also his conduct. For he will summon to himself the whole people from every land of the dispersion, making them his own as though they were his own children, promising to restore their land and to raise up again their kingdom and nation, so that he may be worshipped by them as God, as the prophet says: "He will gather his whole kingdom from the rising of the sun to its setting; those whom he has called and those whom he has not called will go with him." And Jeremiah too, using a parable about him, speaks thus: "The partridge cried out; it gathered what it did not hatch, making its wealth without judgment; in the middle of its days they will leave it, and at the end of its days it will be a fool."

Chapter 55

55PG 10:773b–776a

Οὐ βλάψει οὖν διὰ τὸ προκείμενον, καὶ τὴν τέχνην τοῦ ζώου διηγήσασθαι, καὶ ὅτι οὐ μάτην ἀπεφήνατο ὁ προφήτης τὸ ῥητὸν, τῇ τοῦ ζώου παραβολῇ χρώμενος· τοῦ γὰρ πέρδικος κενοδόξου ζώου ὑπάρχοντος, ἐπὰν πλησίον ἴδῃ ἑτέρου πέρδικος καλιὰν ἔχουσαν νεοσσοὺς, ἀποπτάντος τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν νομὴν, μιμούμενος τὴν τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου φωνὴν προσκαλεῖται πρὸς ἐαυτὸν τοὺς νεοσσούς· οἱ δὲ νομίσαντες τὸν ἴδιον πατέρα αὐτῶν ὑπάρχειν, προστρέχουσιν αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ γαυριᾷ ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις τέκνοις, ὡς ἐν ἰδίοις· ἐπανελθόντος δὲ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ βοήσαντος τῇ ἰδίᾳ φωνῇ, ἐπιγνόντες οἱ νεοσσοὶ, καταλείψαντες τὸν πλάνον πορεύονται ἐπὶ τὸν ἀληθινὸν πατέρα. Τῷ αὐτῷ ὁμοίως μετεχρήσατο ὁ προφήτης τρόπῳ περὶ τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου· ὡς προσκαλέσεται πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, ἀλλότρια ἰδιοποιεῖσθαι βουλόμενος, λύτρωσιν πᾶσιν ἐπαγγελλόμενος, ἐαυτὸν σῶσαι μὴ δυνάμενος.

Ou blapsei oun dia to prokeimenon, kai tēn technēn tou zōou diēgēsasthai, kai hoti ou matēn apephēnato ho prophētēs to rhēton, tę̄ tou zōou parabolę̄ chrōmenos; tou gar perdikos kenodoxou zōou hyparchontos, epan plēsion idę̄ heterou perdikos kalian echousan neossous, apoptantos tou patros autōn eis tēn nomēn, mimoumenos tēn tou allotriou phōnēn proskaleitai pros eauton tous neossous; hoi de nomisantes ton idion patera autōn hyparchein, prostrechousin autǭ. Ho de gaurią en tois allotriois teknois, hōs en idiois; epanelthontos de tou alēthinou patros, kai boēsantos tę̄ idią phōnę̄, epignontes hoi neossoi, kataleipsantes ton planon poreuontai epi ton alēthinon patera. Tǭ autǭ homoiōs metechrēsato ho prophētēs tropǭ peri tou Antichristou; hōs proskalesetai pros heauton tēn anthrōpotēta, allotria idiopoieisthai boulomenos, lytrōsin pasin epangellomenos, eauton sōsai mē dynamenos.

It will do no harm, then, to the matter in hand to describe the trick of the creature as well, and to show that the prophet did not utter the saying without purpose when he used the parable of the creature. For the partridge is a vainglorious creature: when it sees near by the nest of another partridge with young in it, while their father has flown off to feed, it imitates the other's call and summons the young to itself; and they, thinking it to be their own father, run to it. And it prides itself on the young of another as if they were its own. But when the true father returns and cries out with its own voice, the young recognize it, leave the deceiver, and go to their true father. In the same way the prophet applied this to Antichrist: that he will summon humanity to himself, wishing to make his own what belongs to another, promising redemption to all, though unable to save himself.

Chapter 56

56PG 10:776a–776b

Οὗτος οὖν ἐπισυνάξας πρὸς ἐαυτὸν τὸν πάντοτε ἀπειθῆ λαὸν γεγενημένον, ἔρχεται παρακαλούμενος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν διώκειν τοὺς ἀγίους, ἐχθροὺς καὶ ἀντεδίκους αὐτῶν ὑπάρχοντας, καθώς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ εὐαγγελιστής· « Κριτὴς ἦν ἐν πόλει τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος, καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. Χήρα δέ τις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ, ἢ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν, λέγουσα· Ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου. Ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἤθελεν ἐπὶ χρόνον· ὕστερον μέντοι εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων· Εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι, ἀλλά γε διὰ τὸ παρενοχλεῖν με τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν. »

Houtos oun episynaxas pros eauton ton pantote apeithē laon gegenēmenon, erchetai parakaloumenos hypʼ autōn diōkein tous agious, echthrous kai antedikous autōn hyparchontas, kathōs phēsin ho apostolos kai euangelistēs; « Kritēs ēn en polei ton Theon mē phoboumenos, kai anthrōpon mē entrepomenos. Chēra de tis ēn en tę̄ polei ekeinę̄, ē parekalei auton, legousa; Ekdikēson me apo tou antidikou mou. Ho de ouk ēthelen epi chronon; hysteron mentoi eipen en heautǭ legōn; Ei kai ton Theon ou phoboumai, oude anthrōpon entrepomai, alla ge dia to parenochlein me tēn chēran tautēn, ekdikēsō autēn. »

He, then, having gathered to himself the people that has always been disobedient, comes at their urging to persecute the saints, who are their enemies and adversaries, as the apostle and evangelist says: "There was a judge in a city who did not fear God and had no regard for man. And there was a widow in that city who kept appealing to him, saying: Give me justice against my adversary. And for a time he would not; but afterwards he said to himself: Though I do not fear God nor regard man, yet because this widow troubles me, I will give her justice."

Chapter 57

57PG 10:776b–776d

Κριτὴν μὲν οὖν ἀδικίας, τὸν μήτε τὸν Θεὸν φοβούμενον, μήτε ἄνθρωπον ἐντρεπόμενον, ἀδιστάκτως τὸν Ἀντίχριστον λέγει, ὡς υἰὸν ὄντα τοῦ διαβόλου, καὶ σκεῦος τοῦ Σατανᾶ· ἄρξεται γὰρ βασιλεύσας κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπαίρεσθαι, μήτε ἀληθῶς τὸν Θεὸν φοβούμενος, μήτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ κριτὴν πάντων ὄντα ἐντρεπόμενος. Χήραν δὲ λέγων εἶναι ἐν τῇ πόλει, αὐτὴν τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ σημαίνει, ἤτις ὄντως ἐστὶ χήρα, κατάλειφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ τελείου καὶ ἐπουρανίου Θεοῦ νυμφίου· ἤτις τοῦτον ἀντίδικον ἑαυτῆς, καὶ οὐ Σωτῆρα ἀποκαλοῦσα, μὴ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου· « Ἀνθʼ ὧν ἠπείσθησαν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, τότε λαλήσει τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ καὶ τῇ Ἰερουσαλὴμ πνεῦμα πλανήσεως. » Καὶ Ἡσαῖας δὲ ὀμοίως· « Διὰ τὸ μὴ βουληθῆναι τὸν λαὸν τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ Σιλοὰμ, τὸ πορευόμενον ἡσυχῆ πιεῖν, ἀλλὰ (βούλεσθαι ἔχειν τὸν Ῥασὶν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν Ῥομελίου βασιλέα ἐφʼ ὑμῶν· διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ Κύριος ἀνάγει ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ τὸ πολὺ, τὸν) βασιλέα τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. » Βασιλέα ἐν συμβόλῳ τὸν Ἀντίχριστον λέγει, καθὼς καὶ ἔτερος προφήτης φησί· « Καὶ ἔσται αὕτη ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ εἰρήνη, ὅταν ὁ Ἀσσύριος ἐπέλθῃ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπιβῇ ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ὑμῶν.»

Kritēn men oun adikias, ton mēte ton Theon phoboumenon, mēte anthrōpon entrepomenon, adistaktōs ton Antichriston legei, hōs uion onta tou diabolou, kai skeuos tou Satana; arxetai gar basileusas kata tou Theou epairesthai, mēte alēthōs ton Theon phoboumenos, mēte ton Huion tou Theou kritēn pantōn onta entrepomenos. Chēran de legōn einai en tę̄ polei, autēn tēn Ierousalēm sēmainei, ētis ontōs esti chēra, kataleiphtheisa hypo tou teleiou kai epouraniou Theou nymphiou; ētis touton antidikon heautēs, kai ou Sōtēra apokalousa, mē epignousa to eirēmenon hypo Ieremiou tou prophētou; « Anthʼ hōn ēpeisthēsan tę̄ alētheią, tote lalēsei tǭ laǭ toutǭ kai tę̄ Ierousalēm pneuma planēseōs. » Kai Hēsaias de omoiōs; « Dia to mē boulēthēnai ton laon to hydōr tou Siloam, to poreuomenon hēsychē piein, alla (boulesthai echein ton Rhasin kai ton huion Rhomeliou basilea ephʼ hymōn; dia touto idou Kyrios anagei ephʼ hymas to hydōr tou potamou, to ischyron kai to poly, ton) basilea tōn Assyriōn. » Basilea en symbolǭ ton Antichriston legei, kathōs kai eteros prophētēs phēsi; « Kai estai hautē hē parʼ emou eirēnē, hotan ho Assyrios epelthę̄ epi tēn gēn hymōn, kai epibę̄ epi ta orē hymōn.»

By the judge of unrighteousness, who neither fears God nor regards man, he means without doubt Antichrist, as being a son of the devil and a vessel of Satan; for when he has become king he will begin to exalt himself against God, neither truly fearing God nor regarding the Son of God, who is Judge of all. And by saying there was a widow in the city he signifies Jerusalem itself, which is truly a widow, left by her perfect and heavenly Bridegroom, God; she calls him her adversary and not her Saviour, not recognizing what was said by the prophet Jeremiah: "Because they disobeyed the truth, then a spirit of error will speak to this people and to Jerusalem." And Isaiah likewise: "Because the people would not drink the water of Siloam that flows gently, but (wished to have Rezin and the son of Remaliah as king over you, therefore, behold, the Lord brings up against you the water of the river, strong and abundant, the) king of the Assyrians." By the king he means Antichrist figuratively, as another prophet also says: "And this will be the peace from me, when the Assyrian comes upon your land and treads upon your mountains."

Chapter 58

58PG 10:776d–777b

Καὶ Μωϋσῆς δὲ ὁμοίως, προγινώσκων ὅτι μελλήσει ὁ λαὸς ἀπωθεῖσθαι καὶ ἀποβάλλεσθαι τὸν ἀληθῆ τοῦ κόσμου Σωτῆρα, συναίρεσθαι δὲ τῇ πλάνῃ, ἐπίγειον βασιλέα αἰρούμενος, τὸν δὲ ἐπουράνιον ἀθετεῖν, φησίν· « Οὐκ ἰδοὺ ταῦτα συνῆκται παρʼ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ἐσφράγισται ἐν τοῖς θησαυροῖς μου; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐκδικήσεως ἀνταποδώσω, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ, ὅταν σφαλῇ ὁ ποῦς αὐτῶν. » Ἐσφάλησαν οὖν κατὰ πάντα, ἐν μηδενὶ σύμφωνοι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ εὐρισκόμενοι· μήτε κατὰ τὸν νόμον, διὰ τὸ παραβάτας αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι μήτε κατὰ τοὺς προφήτας, διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς προφήτας ἀνῃρηκέναι· μήτε κατὰ τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελίων φωνὴν, διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Σωτῆρα σταυρωθῆναι· μήτε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πειθόμενοι, διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκδιωχθῆναι· πάντοτε ἐπίβουλοι καὶ προδόται τῆς ἀληθείας γενόμενοι, μισόθεοι καὶ μὴ φιλόθεοι εὐρισκόμενοι, καὶ οἱ τότε λαβόμενοι καιρόν· ἐκδικίαν γὰρ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου θνητοῦ τυχεῖν εὕχονται κατὰ τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγειρόμενοι. Ὁς φυσιωθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἄρχεται βίβλους κατὰ τῶν ἀγίων ἐκπέμπειν τοὺς πάντας πανταχοῦ ἀναιρεῖσθαι, τοὺς μὴ θέλοντας αὐτὸν σεβάζειν καὶ προσκυνεῖν ὡς Θεὸν, καθώς φησιν Ἡσαῖας· « Οὐαὶ γῆς πλοίων πτέρυγες, ἐπέκεινα ποταμῶν Αἰθιοπίας· ὁ ἀποστέλλων ἐν θαλάσσῃ ὅμηρα, καὶ ἐπιστολὰς βιβλίνας (ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος· πορεύσονται γὰρ ἄγγελοι κοῦφοι) πρὸς ἔθνος μετέωρον, καὶ ξένον λαὸν καὶ χαλεπὸν εἰς αὐτοὺς, ἔθνος ἀνέλπιστον καὶ καταπεπατημένον.

Kai Mōÿsēs de homoiōs, proginōskōn hoti mellēsei ho laos apōtheisthai kai apoballesthai ton alēthē tou kosmou Sōtēra, synairesthai de tę̄ planę̄, epigeion basilea airoumenos, ton de epouranion athetein, phēsin; « Ouk idou tauta synēktai parʼ emou, kai esphragistai en tois thēsaurois mou? en hēmerą ekdikēseōs antapodōsō, kai en kairǭ, hotan sphalę̄ ho pous autōn. » Esphalēsan oun kata panta, en mēdeni symphōnoi tę̄ alētheią euriskomenoi; mēte kata ton nomon, dia to parabatas autous genesthai mēte kata tous prophētas, dia to kai autous tous prophētas anę̄rēkenai; mēte kata tēn tōn euangeliōn phōnēn, dia to kai auton ton Sōtēra staurōthēnai; mēte tois apostolois peithomenoi, dia to kai autous ekdiōchthēnai; pantote epibouloi kai prodotai tēs alētheias genomenoi, misotheoi kai mē philotheoi euriskomenoi, kai hoi tote labomenoi kairon; ekdikian gar para anthrōpou thnētou tychein heuchontai kata tōn doulōn tou Theou egeiromenoi. Hos physiōtheis hypʼ autōn archetai biblous kata tōn agiōn ekpempein tous pantas pantachou anaireisthai, tous mē thelontas auton sebazein kai proskynein hōs Theon, kathōs phēsin Hēsaias; « Ouai gēs ploiōn pteryges, epekeina potamōn Aithiopias; ho apostellōn en thalassę̄ homēra, kai epistolas biblinas (epanō tou hydatos; poreusontai gar angeloi kouphoi) pros ethnos meteōron, kai xenon laon kai chalepon eis autous, ethnos anelpiston kai katapepatēmenon.

And Moses likewise, knowing beforehand that the people would thrust away and reject the true Saviour of the world, and side with error, choosing an earthly king and setting aside the heavenly one, says: "Is not all this gathered with me and sealed in my treasuries? In the day of vengeance I will repay, and in the time when their foot slips." They slipped, then, in everything, being found in agreement with the truth in nothing: not according to the law, because they became transgressors; not according to the prophets, because they killed even the prophets themselves; not according to the voice of the Gospels, because they crucified the Saviour himself; nor obeying the apostles, because they persecuted them too. Having always been plotters against and betrayers of the truth, they were found haters of God and not lovers of God; and they will then seize their opportunity, for, rising up against the servants of God, they pray to obtain vengeance from a mortal man. And he, puffed up by them, begins to send out decrees against the saints that all of them everywhere be put to death who will not revere and worship him as God, as Isaiah says: "Woe to the land, the wings of ships, beyond the rivers of Ethiopia, who sends hostages by sea and letters of papyrus (over the water, for swift messengers will go) to a nation high and lifted up, and a people foreign and harsh toward them, a nation without hope and trodden down."

Chapter 59

59PG 10:777b–780a

Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς οἴτινες ἐλπίζοντες εἰς τὸν Υἰὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, διωκόμεθά καταπατούμενοι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀπίστων. Πλοίων γὰρ πτέρυγές εἰσιν αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι· θάλασσα δέ ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος, ἐν ῷ ἡ Ἐκκλησία, ὡς ναῦς ἐν πελάγει χειμάζεται μὲν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπόλλυται· ἔχει γὰρ μεθʼ ἐαυτῆς τὸν ἔμπειρον κυβερνήτην Χριστόν· φέρει δὲ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ τὸ τρόπαιον, τὸ κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου, ὡς τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Κυρίου μεθʼ ἐαυτῆς βαστάζουσα. Ἐστι γὰρ αὐτῆς μὲν πρώρα, ἡ Ἀνατολή· πρύμνα δὲ, ἡ Δύσις· τὸ δὲ κύτος, Μεσημβρῖα· οἴακες δὲ, αἱ δύο Διαθῆκαι· σχοινία δὲ περιτεταμένα, ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ σφίγγουσα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν· λίνον δὲ ὃ φέρει μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς, τὸ λουτρὸν τῆς παλιγγενεσίας ἀνανεούσης τοὺς πιστεύοντας, ὅθεν δὴ ταῦτα λαμπρά· πάρεστιν ὡς … πνεῦμα, τὸ ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν, διʼ οὗ σφραγίζονται οἱ πιστεύοντες τῷ Θεῷ· παρέπονται δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ ἄγκυραι σιδηραῖ, αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἴ ἅγιαι ἐντολαὶ, δυναταὶ οὕσαι ὡς σίδηρος. Ἐχει δὲ καὶ ναύτας δεξιοὺς καὶ εὐωνύμους, ὡς ἀγίους ἀγγέλους παρέδρους διʼ ὦν ἀεὶ κρατεῖται καὶ φρουρεῖται ἡ Ἐκκλησία· κλίμαξ ἐν αὐτῇ εἰς ὕψος ἀνάγουσα ἐπὶ τὸ κέρας, εἰκὼν σημείου πάθους Χριστοῦ, ἔλκουσα τοὺς πιστοὺς εἰς ἀνάβασιν οὐρανῶν· ψηφαροὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ κέρας ἐφʼ ὑψηλοῦ αἰνούμενοι, τάξις προφητῶν, μαρτύρων τε καὶ ἀποστόλων, εἰς βασιλείαν Χριστοῦ ἀναπαυομένων.

Allʼ hēmeis oitines elpizontes eis ton Uion tou Theou, diōkometha katapatoumenoi hypʼ autōn tōn apistōn. Ploiōn gar pteryges eisin hai Ekklēsiai; thalassa de estin ho kosmos, en ǭ hē Ekklēsia, hōs naus en pelagei cheimazetai men, allʼ ouk apollytai; echei gar methʼ eautēs ton empeiron kybernētēn Christon; pherei de en mesǭ kai to tropaion, to kata tou thanatou, hōs ton stauron tou Kyriou methʼ eautēs bastazousa. Esti gar autēs men prōra, hē Anatolē; prymna de, hē Dysis; to de kytos, Mesēmbria; oiakes de, hai dyo Diathēkai; schoinia de peritetamena, hē agapē tou Christou sphingousa tēn Ekklēsian; linon de ho pherei methʼ heautēs, to loutron tēs palingenesias ananeousēs tous pisteuontas, hothen dē tauta lampra; parestin hōs … pneuma, to apʼ ouranōn, diʼ hou sphragizontai hoi pisteuontes tǭ Theǭ; parepontai de autę̄ kai ankyrai sidērai, autou tou Christou ai hagiai entolai, dynatai housai hōs sidēros. Echei de kai nautas dexious kai euōnymous, hōs agious angelous paredrous diʼ ōn aei krateitai kai phroureitai hē Ekklēsia; klimax en autę̄ eis hypsos anagousa epi to keras, eikōn sēmeiou pathous Christou, elkousa tous pistous eis anabasin ouranōn; psēpharoi de epi to keras ephʼ hypsēlou ainoumenoi, taxis prophētōn, martyrōn te kai apostolōn, eis basileian Christou anapauomenōn.

But we who hope in the Son of God are persecuted and trodden down by these unbelievers. For the wings of the ships are the churches; and the sea is the world, in which the Church, like a ship on the open sea, is tossed by storms but does not perish; for she has with her the skilled pilot, Christ. And she carries in her midst the trophy over death, bearing with her the cross of the Lord. Her prow is the East, her stern the West, her hold the South; her tillers are the two Testaments; the ropes stretched around her are the love of Christ, binding the Church tight; the linen she carries with her is the washing of regeneration, which renews the believers, whence these things are bright. As … the Spirit from heaven is present, by whom those who believe in God are sealed. Iron anchors also accompany her, the holy commandments of Christ himself, strong as iron. She has sailors on the right and on the left, like holy angels sitting beside her, by whom the Church is always governed and guarded. A ladder in her, leading up on high to the yard-arm, is an image of the sign of Christ's passion, drawing the faithful to the ascent into heaven; and the topsails aloft on the yard are the rank of prophets, martyrs, and apostles who rest in the kingdom of Christ.

Chapter 60

60PG 10:780a–780c

Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς θλίψεως τοῦ διωγμοῦ, τῆς ἐσομένης ἐπὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀντικειμένου, καὶ Ἰωάννης φησί· « Καὶ εἶδον σημεῖον μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν, γυναῖκα περιβεβλημένην τὸν ἤλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δεκαδύο· καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα κράζει δίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη τεκεῖν. Καὶ ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς, τῆς μελλούσης τίκτειν, ἵνα ὅταν τέκῃ, τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς καταφάγῃ. Καὶ ἔτεκεν υἰὸν ἄῤῥενα, ὅς μέλλει ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ ἡρπάγη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ εἰς τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὅπου ἔχει τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖ ἡτοιμασμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ τρέφωσιν αὐτὴν ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἐξήκοντα. Καὶ τότε ἰδὼν ὁ δράκων ἐδίωξε τὴν γυναῖκα, ἤτις ἔτεκε τὸν ἄῤῥενα· καὶ ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, ἴνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὅπου τρέφεται ἐκεῖ καιρὸν καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἦμισυ καιροῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. Καὶ ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις (ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν· ἵνα ταύτην ποταμοφόρητον ποιήση· καὶ ἐβοήθησεν ἡ γῆ τῇ γυναικὶ, καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιε τὸν ποταμὸν, ὅν ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις) ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ὠργίσθη ὁ δράκων ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικὶ, καὶ ἀπῆλθε ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ. »

Peri men oun tēs thlipseōs tou diōgmou, tēs esomenēs epi tēn Ekklēsian hypo tou antikeimenou, kai Iōannēs phēsi; « Kai eidon sēmeion mega kai thaumaston, gynaika peribeblēmenēn ton ēlion, kai hē selēnē hypokatō tōn podōn autēs, kai epi tēs kephalēs autēs stephanos asterōn dekadyo; kai en gastri echousa krazei dinousa kai basanizomenē tekein. Kai ho drakōn hestēken enōpion tēs gynaikos, tēs mellousēs tiktein, hina hotan tekę̄, to teknon autēs kataphagę̄. Kai eteken uion arrhena, hos mellei poimainein panta ta ethnē, kai hērpagē to teknon autēs pros ton Theon kai eis ton thronon autou; kai hē gynē ephygen eis tēn erēmon, hopou echei ton topon ekei hētoimasmenon apo tou Theou, hina ekei trephōsin autēn hēmeras chilias diakosias exēkonta. Kai tote idōn ho drakōn ediōxe tēn gynaika, ētis eteke ton arrhena; kai edothēsan tę̄ gynaiki dyo pteryges tou aetou tou megalou, ina petētai eis tēn erēmon, hopou trephetai ekei kairon kai kairous kai ēmisy kairou apo prosōpou tou opheōs. Kai ebalen ho ophis (opisō tēs gynaikos ek tou stomatos autou hydōr hōs potamon; hina tautēn potamophorēton poiēsē; kai eboēthēsen hē gē tę̄ gynaiki, kai ēnoixen to stoma autēs, kai katepie ton potamon, hon ebalen ho ophis) ek tou stomatos autou. Kai ōrgisthē ho drakōn epi tę̄ gynaiki, kai apēlthe poiēsai polemon meta tōn hagiōn tou spermatos autēs, tōn tērountōn tas entolas tou Theou, kai echontōn tēn martyrian Iēsou. »

Concerning the tribulation of the persecution that will come upon the Church from the adversary, John too says: "And I saw a great and wonderful sign: a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of twelve stars; and being with child she cries out in labour and in torment to give birth. And the dragon stood before the woman who was about to give birth, so that when she gave birth he might devour her child. And she bore a male son, who is to shepherd all the nations; and her child was caught up to God and to his throne; and the woman fled into the desert, where she has a place prepared there by God, so that there they may nourish her for one thousand two hundred and sixty days. And then the dragon, seeing it, pursued the woman who had borne the male child; and the woman was given two wings of the great eagle, so that she might fly into the desert, where she is nourished there for a time and times and half a time, away from the face of the serpent. And the serpent cast (water like a river out of his mouth after the woman, so that he might make her swept away by the river; and the earth helped the woman, and opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the serpent cast) out of his mouth. And the dragon was angry with the woman, and went off to make war with the saints of her seed, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus."

Chapter 61

61PG 10:780c–781b

Τὴν μὲν οὖν γυναῖκα τὴν περιβεβλημένην τὸν ἥλιον, σαφέστατα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐδήλωσεν ἐνδεδυμένην τὸν Λόγον τὸν Πατρῷον ὑπὲρ ἤλιον λάμποντα· « σελήνην » δὲ λέγων « ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς, » δόξῃ ἐπουρανίῳ ὡς σελήνην κεκοσμημένην· τῷ δὲ λέγειν, « ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δεκαδύο, » δῆλοι τοὺς δώδεκα ἀποστόλους, διʼ ῶν καθίδρυται ἡ Ἐκκλησία. « Καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα κράζει ὡδίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη τεκεῖν· » ὅτι οὐ παύσεται ἡ Ἐκκλησία γεννῶσα ἐκ καρδίας τὸν Λόγον, τὸν ἐν κόσμῳ ὑπὸ ἀπίστων διωκόμενον. « Καὶ ἔτεκε, φησὶν, υἱὸν ἄῤῥενα, ὃς μέλλει ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν ἄῤῥενα καὶ τέλειον Χριστὸν παῖδα Θεοῦ, Θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον καταγγελλόμενον, ἀεὶ τίκτουσα ἡ Ἐκκλησία, διδάσκει πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Τὸ δὲ λέγειν, ἡρπάγη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πρὸς τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ἐπουράνιός ἐστι βασιλεὺς, καὶ οὐκ ἐπίγειος διʼ αὐτῆς ἀεὶ γεννώμενος, καθὼς καὶ Δαβὶδ προανεφώνει λέγων· Εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἔως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. «Καὶ εἶδε, φησὶν, ὁ δράκων, καὶ ἐδίωξε τὴν γυναῖκα, ἤτις ἔτεκε τὸν ἄῤῥενα· καὶ ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ αἱ δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὅπου τρέφεται ἐκεῖ καιρὸν, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἤμισυ καιροῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. Αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ χίλιαι διακόσιαι ἐξήκοντα, τὸ ἤμισυ τῆς ἐβδομάδος, ἃς κρατήσει τύραννος, διώκων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν φεύγουσαν ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν, καὶ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ κρυπτομένην ἐν τοῖς ὅρεσιν, ἔχουσαν μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς οὐδὲν ἔτερον, εἰ μὴ τὰς δύο πτέρυγας τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, τουτέστιν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ πίστιν, ὅς ἐκτείνας τὰς ἀγίας χεῖρας ἐν ἀγίῳ ξύλῳ, ἤπλωσε δύο πτέρυγας, δεξιὰν καὶ εὐώνυμον, προσκαλούμενος πάντας τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύοντας, καὶ σκεπάζων ὡς ὄρνις νεοσσούς. Καὶ γὰρ διὰ Μαλαχίου φησί· « Καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά μου ἀνατελεῖ ἥλιος δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ἴασις ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξιν αὐτοῦ. »

Tēn men oun gynaika tēn peribeblēmenēn ton hēlion, saphestata tēn Ekklēsian edēlōsen endedymenēn ton Logon ton Patrǭon hyper ēlion lamponta; « selēnēn » de legōn « hypokatō tōn podōn autēs, » doxę̄ epouraniǭ hōs selēnēn kekosmēmenēn; tǭ de legein, « epi tēs kephalēs autēs stephanos asterōn dekadyo, » dēloi tous dōdeka apostolous, diʼ ōn kathidrytai hē Ekklēsia. « Kai en gastri echousa krazei hōdinousa kai basanizomenē tekein; » hoti ou pausetai hē Ekklēsia gennōsa ek kardias ton Logon, ton en kosmǭ hypo apistōn diōkomenon. « Kai eteke, phēsin, huion arrhena, hos mellei poimainein panta ta ethnē ton arrhena kai teleion Christon paida Theou, Theon kai anthrōpon katangellomenon, aei tiktousa hē Ekklēsia, didaskei panta ta ethnē. To de legein, hērpagē to teknon autēs pros ton Theon kai pros ton thronon autou; hoti epouranios esti basileus, kai ouk epigeios diʼ autēs aei gennōmenos, kathōs kai Dabid proanephōnei legōn; Eipen ho Kyrios tǭ Kyriǭ mou, Kathou ek dexiōn mou, eōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou. «Kai eide, phēsin, ho drakōn, kai ediōxe tēn gynaika, ētis eteke ton arrhena; kai edothēsan tę̄ gynaiki hai dyo pteryges tou aetou tou megalou, hina petētai eis tēn erēmon, hopou trephetai ekei kairon, kai kairous, kai ēmisy kairou apo prosōpou tou opheōs. Hautai eisin hai chiliai diakosiai exēkonta, to ēmisy tēs ebdomados, has kratēsei tyrannos, diōkōn tēn Ekklēsian pheugousan apo poleōs eis polin, kai en erēmią kryptomenēn en tois horesin, echousan methʼ heautēs ouden eteron, ei mē tas dyo pterygas tou aetou tou megalou, toutestin, Iēsou Christou pistin, hos ekteinas tas agias cheiras en agiǭ xylǭ, ēplōse dyo pterygas, dexian kai euōnymon, proskaloumenos pantas tous eis auton pisteuontas, kai skepazōn hōs ornis neossous. Kai gar dia Malachiou phēsi; « Kai hymin tois phoboumenois to onoma mou anatelei hēlios dikaiosynēs, kai iasis en tais pteryxin autou. »

By the woman clothed with the sun, then, he most clearly meant the Church, clothed with the Word of the Father, who shines brighter than the sun. By saying "the moon under her feet" (he meant) that she is adorned with heavenly glory like the moon. By saying "on her head a crown of twelve stars" he indicates the twelve apostles, through whom the Church was founded. "And being with child she cries out in labour and in torment to give birth": because the Church will not cease to bear from her heart the Word, who is persecuted in the world by unbelievers. "And she bore," he says, "a male son, who is to shepherd all the nations": always bearing the male and perfect Christ, the Child of God, proclaimed God and man, the Church teaches all the nations. And the words "her child was caught up to God and to his throne" (mean) that he who is always born through her is a heavenly king and not an earthly one, as David also foretold, saying: "The Lord said to my Lord: Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies the footstool of your feet." "And the dragon saw," he says, "and pursued the woman who had borne the male child; and the woman was given the two wings of the great eagle, so that she might fly into the desert, where she is nourished there for a time and times and half a time, away from the face of the serpent." These are the one thousand two hundred and sixty days, the half of the week, which the tyrant will hold, persecuting the Church as she flees from city to city and hides in the desert among the mountains, having nothing else with her but the two wings of the great eagle, that is, faith in Jesus Christ, who, stretching out his holy hands on the holy wood, spread out two wings, the right and the left, calling to himself all who believe in him and sheltering them as a bird shelters its young. For through Malachi too he says: "And for you who fear my name the sun of righteousness will rise, and healing in his wings."

Chapter 62

62PG 10:781b–781d

Λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ Κύριος· Ὁταν ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως ἑστὼς ἐν τόπῳ ἀγίῳ, ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω· τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ δώματος, μὴ καταβαινέτω ἄραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὁπίσω ἄραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ. Οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις, καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις· ἔσται γὰρ τότε θλίψις μεγάλη, ὁποία οὐ γέγονεν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κόσμου καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ. Δανιὴλ δὲ λέγει· Καὶ δώσουσι βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἐννενήκοντα. Μακάριος ὁ ὑπομείνας καὶ φθάσας εἰς ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἐννενήκοντα πέντε.

Legei de kai ho Kyrios; Hotan idēte to bdelygma tēs erēmōseōs hestōs en topǭ agiǭ, ho anaginōskōn noeitō; tote hoi en tę̄ Ioudaią pheugetōsan eis ta orē, kai ho epi dōmatos, mē katabainetō arai to himation autou, kai ho en agrǭ, mē epistrepsatō eis ta hopisō arai ti ek tēs oikias autou. Ouai de tais en gastri echousais, kai tais thēlazousais en ekeinais tais hēmerais; estai gar tote thlipsis megalē, hopoia ou gegonen apʼ archēs kosmou kai ei mē ekolobōthēsan hai hēmerai ekeinai, ouk an esōthē pasa sarx. Daniēl de legei; Kai dōsousi bdelygma erēmōseōs hēmeras chilias diakosias ennenēkonta. Makarios ho hypomeinas kai phthasas eis hēmeras chilias diakosias ennenēkonta pente.

And the Lord too says: "When you see the abomination of desolation standing in the holy place (let the reader understand), then let those in Judea flee to the mountains; and let the one on the housetop not come down to take his cloak, and let the one in the field not turn back to take anything from his house. And woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing in those days; for then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been from the beginning of the world; and if those days had not been cut short, no flesh would have been saved." And Daniel says: "And they will set up the abomination of desolation for one thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is the one who endures and reaches one thousand two hundred and ninety-five days."

Chapter 63

63PG 10:781d–784a

Ὁ δὲ μακάριος Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφων πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς, φησίν Ἐρωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοὶ, ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μήτε θροεῖσθαι, μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε διʼ ἐπιστολῶν ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου· μήτις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον, καὶ ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀμαρτίας, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, ὁ ἀντικείμενος καὶ ἐπαιρόμενος ἐπὶ πάντα λεγόμενον Θεὸν ἢ σέβασμα, ὥστε ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καθίσαι, ἀποδεικνύντα ἐαυτὸν ὅτι ἐστὶ Θεός. Οὐ μνημονεύετε, ὅτι ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν; Καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε, εἰς τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ καιρῷ. Τὸ γὰρ μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας· μόνον ὁ κατέχων ἄρτι ἕως ἐκ μέσου γένηται. Καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῆ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ· οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει καὶ σημείοις καὶ τέρασι ψεύδους, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἀδικίας ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἀνθʼ ὧν τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐδέξαντο. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πέμψει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τὸ ψεῦδος,ἵνα κριθῶσι πάντες οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλʼ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ. » Ἡσαῖας δὲ λέγει· « Ἀρθήτω ὁ ἀσεβὴς, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου.

Ho de makarios Paulos ho apostolos graphōn pros Thessalonikeis, phēsin Erōtōmen de hymas, adelphoi, hyper tēs parousias tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, kai hēmōn episynagōgēs epʼ autēs, eis to mē tacheōs saleuthēnai hymas apo tou noos, mēte throeisthai, mēte dia pneumatos, mēte dia logou, mēte diʼ epistolōn hōs diʼ hēmōn, hōs hoti enestēken hē hēmera tou Kyriou; mētis hymas exapatēsę̄ kata mēdena tropon hoti ean mē elthę̄ hē apostasia prōton, kai apokalyphthę̄ ho anthrōpos tēs amartias, ho huios tēs apōleias, ho antikeimenos kai epairomenos epi panta legomenon Theon ē sebasma, hōste heauton eis ton naon tou Theou kathisai, apodeiknynta eauton hoti esti Theos. Ou mnēmoneuete, hoti eti ōn pros hymas, tauta elegon hymin? Kai nyn to katechon oidate, eis to apokalyphthēnai auton tǭ heautou kairǭ. To gar mystērion ēdē energeitai tēs anomias; monon ho katechōn arti heōs ek mesou genētai. Kai tote apokalyphthēsetai ho anomos, hon ho Kyrios Iēsous anelei tǭ pneumati tou stomatos autou, kai katargēsei tē epiphaneią tēs parousias autou; hou estin hē parousia katʼ energeian tou Satana en pasę̄ dynamei kai sēmeiois kai terasi pseudous, kai en pasę̄ apatę̄ tēs adikias en tois apollymenois anthʼ hōn tēn agapēn tēs alētheias ouk edexanto. Kai dia touto pempsei autois ho Theos energeian planēs, eis to pisteusai autous to pseudos,hina krithōsi pantes hoi mē pisteusantes tę̄ alētheią, allʼ eudokēsantes tę̄ adikią. » Hēsaias de legei; « Arthētō ho asebēs, hina mē idę̄ tēn doxan Kyriou.

And the blessed Paul the apostle, writing to the Thessalonians, says: "We ask you, brothers, concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering together to him, not to be quickly shaken in mind or alarmed, either by spirit or by word or by letters as if from us, to the effect that the day of the Lord is at hand. Let no one deceive you in any way; for (it will not come) unless the apostasy comes first, and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition, who opposes and exalts himself against every so-called god or object of worship, so that he seats himself in the temple of God, proclaiming himself to be God. Do you not remember that when I was still with you I told you these things? And now you know what restrains, so that he may be revealed in his own time. For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work; only the one who now restrains (will do so) until he is out of the way. And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will slay with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the appearing of his coming; the one whose coming is according to the working of Satan, with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deception of unrighteousness among those who are perishing, because they did not receive the love of the truth. And for this reason God will send them a working of error, so that they believe the lie, in order that all may be judged who did not believe the truth but took pleasure in unrighteousness." And Isaiah says: "Let the ungodly be taken away, so that he may not see the glory of the Lord."

Chapter 64

64PG 10:784a–785a

Τούτων οὖν ἐσομένων, ἀγαπητὲ, καὶ τῆς μιᾶς ἑβδομάδος εἰς δύο μερισθείσης, καὶ τοῦ βδελύγματος τῆς ἐρημώσεως τότε ἀναφανέντος. καὶ τῶν δύο προφητῶν καὶ προδρόμων τοῦ Κυρίου τελειωσάντων τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον, καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου εἰς συντέλειαν λοιπὸν ἐρχομένου· τί περιλείπεται, ἀλλʼ ἢ ἡ ἐπιφάνεια τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπʼ οὐρανῶν, εἰς ὅν ἠλπίκαμεν; ὃς ἐπάξει τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν καὶ τὴν δικαιοκρισίαν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν αὐτῷ. Λέγει γὰρ ὁ Κύριος· « Ἀρχομένων λοιπὸν τούτων γίνεσθαι, ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἤγγισεν ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν. Καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόλλυται. Ὡσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐγείρεται ἀπο ἀνατολῶν, καὶ φαίνεται ἄχρι δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ὅπου ἂν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται καὶ οἱ ἀετοί. » Πτῶμα δὲ γεγένηται ἐν παραδείσῳ, ἐκεῖ γὰρ Ἀδὰμ πέπτωκεν· ὅς καὶ πάλιν λέγει· « Τότε ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. » Καὶ Δαβὶδ προμηνύων τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ Κυρίου, φησίν· « Ἀπʼ ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἡ ἔξοδος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κατάντημα αὐτοῦ ἕως ἄκρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς ἀποκρυβήσεται τῆς θέρμης αὐτοῦ.» Θέρμην δὲ λέγει τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν. Ἡσαῖας δὲ οὕτω· « Βάδιζε, λαός μου. εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου, ἀπόκλεισον τὴν θύραν σου, ἀποκρύβηθι μικρὸν ὅσον ἔως ἄν παρέλθῃ ἡ ὀργὴ Κυρίου. » Παυλος δὲ ὀμοίως· « Ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀνομίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων. »

Toutōn oun esomenōn, agapēte, kai tēs mias hebdomados eis dyo meristheisēs, kai tou bdelygmatos tēs erēmōseōs tote anaphanentos. kai tōn dyo prophētōn kai prodromōn tou Kyriou teleiōsantōn ton idion dromon, kai tou sympantos kosmou eis synteleian loipon erchomenou; ti perileipetai, allʼ ē hē epiphaneia tou Kyriou kai Sōtēros hēmōn Iēsou Christou tou Theou apʼ ouranōn, eis hon ēlpikamen? hos epaxei tēn ekpyrōsin kai tēn dikaiokrisian pasi tois apeithēsasin autǭ. Legei gar ho Kyrios; « Archomenōn loipon toutōn ginesthai, anakypsate kai eparate tas kephalas hymōn, hoti ēngisen hē apolytrōsis hymōn. Kai thrix ek tēs kephalēs hymōn ou mē apollytai. Hōsper gar hē astrapē egeiretai apo anatolōn, kai phainetai achri dysmōn, houtōs estai kai hē parousia tou Huiou tou anthrōpou. Hopou an ę̄ to ptōma, ekei synachthēsontai kai hoi aetoi. » Ptōma de gegenētai en paradeisǭ, ekei gar Adam peptōken; hos kai palin legei; « Tote apostelei ho Huios tou anthrōpou tous angelous autou, kai episynaxei tous eklektous autou ek tōn tessarōn anemōn tou ouranou. » Kai Dabid promēnyōn tēn krisin kai tēn epiphaneian tou Kyriou, phēsin; « Apʼ akrou tou ouranou hē exodos autou, kai to katantēma autou heōs akrou tou ouranou; kai ouk estin hos apokrybēsetai tēs thermēs autou.» Thermēn de legei tēn ekpyrōsin. Hēsaias de houtō; « Badize, laos mou. eiselthe eis to tameion sou, apokleison tēn thyran sou, apokrybēthi mikron hoson eōs an parelthę̄ hē orgē Kyriou. » Paulos de omoiōs; « Apokalyptetai gar orgē Theou apʼ ouranou epi pasan asebeian kai anomian anthrōpōn, tōn tēn alētheian tou Theou en adikią katechontōn. »

These things, then, being about to come to pass, beloved, the one week having been divided into two, the abomination of desolation having then appeared, the two prophets and forerunners of the Lord having finished their own course, and the whole world now coming to its consummation, what remains but the appearing from heaven of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, who is God, in whom we have hoped, who will bring the conflagration and righteous judgment upon all who have disobeyed him? For the Lord says: "When these things begin to happen, look up and lift up your heads, because your redemption has drawn near. And not a hair of your head will perish. For as the lightning comes from the east and shines as far as the west, so also will be the coming of the Son of Man. Wherever the carcass is, there the eagles will be gathered." The fall took place in paradise, for Adam fell there. And again he says: "Then the Son of Man will send his angels, and they will gather his elect from the four winds of heaven." And David, foretelling the judgment and the appearing of the Lord, says: "His going forth is from the end of heaven, and his circuit to the end of heaven; and there is none who will be hidden from his heat." By the heat he means the conflagration. And Isaiah thus: "Go, my people, enter your chamber, shut your door, hide yourself for a little while until the wrath of the Lord has passed." And Paul likewise: "For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and lawlessness of men who hold down the truth of God in unrighteousness."

Chapter 65

65PG 10:785a–785b

Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἀναστάσεως καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀγίων, λέγει Δανιήλ· « Καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων ἐν γῆς χώματι, ἀναστήσονται οὗτοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον [καὶ οὗτοι εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον]. » Ἡσαΐας λέγει· « Ἀναστήσονται οἱ νεκροὶ, καὶ ἐγερθήσονται οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις, ὅτι ἡ δρόσος ἡ παρὰ σοῦ ἴαμα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν. » Ὁ Κύριος λέγει· « Πολλοὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀκούσονται τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσονται. » Ὁ δὲ προφήτης λέγει « Ἐγειραι, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἐξεγέρθητι ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός. » Ἰωάννης δὲ λέγει· « Μακάριος καὶ ἄγιος ὁ ἔχων μέρος ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῇ πρώτῃ· ἐπὶ τοῦτον ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν. » Ὁ γὰρ δεύτερος θάνατος, ἐστὶν ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ καιομένου. Καὶ πάλιν ὁ Κύριος λέγει· « Τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν, ὡς ὁ ἤλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ. » Καὶ τοῖς ἀγίοις ἐρεῖ· « Δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. » Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀνόμους τί φησιν; « Ὑπάγετε ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ οἱ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ, » ὅ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Πατήρ μου. Ἰωάννης δὲ λέγει· Ἐξω οἱ κύνες, καὶ οἱ φαρμακοὶ, καὶ πόρνοι, καὶ φονεῖς, καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, καὶ πᾶς ποιῶν καὶ φιλῶν ψεῦδος· » ὅτι τὸ μέρος ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἡσαῖας φησί· « Καὶ ἐξελεύσονται καὶ ὄψονται τὰ κῶλα τῶν παραβεβηκότων ἐν ἐμοί. Καὶ ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτήσει, καὶ τὸ πῦρ αὐτῶν οὐ σβεσθήσεται, καὶ ἔσονται εἰς ὅρασιν πάσῃ σαρκί. »

Peri men oun tēs anastaseōs kai tēs basileias tōn agiōn, legei Daniēl; « Kai polloi tōn katheudontōn en gēs chōmati, anastēsontai houtoi eis zōēn aiōnion [kai houtoi eis oneidismon kai aischynēn aiōnion]. » Hēsaïas legei; « Anastēsontai hoi nekroi, kai egerthēsontai hoi en tois mnēmeiois, hoti hē drosos hē para sou iama autois estin. » Ho Kyrios legei; « Polloi en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą akousontai tēs phōnēs tou Huiou tou Theou, kai hoi akousantes zēsontai. » Ho de prophētēs legei « Egeirai, ho katheudōn, kai exegerthēti ek tōn nekrōn, kai epiphausei soi ho Christos. » Iōannēs de legei; « Makarios kai agios ho echōn meros en tę̄ anastasei tę̄ prōtę̄; epi touton ho deuteros thanatos ouk echei exousian. » Ho gar deuteros thanatos, estin hē limnē tou pyros tou kaiomenou. Kai palin ho Kyrios legei; « Tote hoi dikaioi eklampsousin, hōs ho ēlios phainei en tę̄ doxę̄ autou. » Kai tois agiois erei; « Deute hoi eulogēmenoi tou Patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian apo katabolēs kosmou. » Pros de tous anomous ti phēsin? « Hypagete apʼ emou hoi katēramenoi eis to pyr to aiōnion, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou, » ho hētoimasen ho Patēr mou. Iōannēs de legei; Exō hoi kynes, kai hoi pharmakoi, kai pornoi, kai phoneis, kai hoi eidōlolatrai, kai pas poiōn kai philōn pseudos; » hoti to meros hymōn estin eis tēn geennan tou pyros. Homoiōs de kai Hēsaias phēsi; « Kai exeleusontai kai opsontai ta kōla tōn parabebēkotōn en emoi. Kai ho skōlēx autōn ou teleutēsei, kai to pyr autōn ou sbesthēsetai, kai esontai eis horasin pasę̄ sarki. »

Concerning the resurrection and the kingdom of the saints, Daniel says: "And many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise, some to everlasting life [and some to reproach and everlasting shame]." Isaiah says: "The dead will rise, and those in the tombs will be raised, for the dew from you is healing to them." The Lord says: "Many in that day will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live." And the prophet says: "Awake, sleeper, and rise from the dead, and Christ will shine on you." And John says: "Blessed and holy is the one who has a share in the first resurrection; over him the second death has no authority." For the second death is the lake of burning fire. And again the Lord says: "Then the righteous will shine as the sun shines in its glory." And to the saints he will say: "Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world." But to the lawless what does he say? "Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels, which my Father prepared." And John says: "Outside are the dogs and the sorcerers and the sexually immoral and the murderers and the idolaters, and everyone who does and loves falsehood"; for your portion is in the Gehenna of fire. And likewise Isaiah says: "And they will go out and see the limbs of those who transgressed against me; and their worm will not die, and their fire will not be quenched, and they will be a spectacle to all flesh."

Chapter 66

66PG 10:785b–788a

Παῦλος δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος περὶ ἀναστάσεως τῶν δικαίων πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς γράφων φησίν· « Οὐ θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν περὶ τῶν κεκοιμημένων, ἴνα μὴ λυπῆσθε ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα. Εἰ γὰρ πιστεύομεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἀπέθανε καὶ ἀνέστη, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμῖν λέγομεν ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περιλειπόμενοι εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου, οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας· ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ … καὶ σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ καταβήσεται ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον· ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα· καὶ οὕτω πάντοτε σὺν Κυρίῳ ἐσόμεθα. »

Paulos de ho apostolos peri anastaseōs tōn dikaiōn pros Thessalonikeis graphōn phēsin; « Ou thelomen hymas agnoein peri tōn kekoimēmenōn, ina mē lypēsthe hōs kai hoi loipoi hoi mē echontes elpida. Ei gar pisteuomen hoti Iēsous apethane kai anestē, houtō kai ho Theos tous koimēthentas dia tou Iēsou, axei syn autǭ. Touto gar hymin legomen en logǭ Kyriou, hoti hēmeis hoi zōntes, hoi perileipomenoi eis tēn parousian tou Kyriou, ou mē phthasōmen tous koimēthentas; hoti autos ho Kyrios en keleusmati, en phōnę̄ … kai salpingi Theou katabēsetai apʼ ouranou, kai hoi nekroi en Christǭ anastēsontai prōton; epeita hēmeis hoi zōntes hoi perileipomenoi hama syn autois harpagēsometha en nephelais eis apantēsin tou Kyriou eis aera; kai houtō pantote syn Kyriǭ esometha. »

And Paul the apostle, writing to the Thessalonians about the resurrection of the righteous, says: "We do not want you to be ignorant about those who have fallen asleep, so that you may not grieve as the rest do who have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, so also God will bring with him those who have fallen asleep through Jesus. For this we say to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive, who are left until the coming of the Lord, will by no means precede those who have fallen asleep; for the Lord himself will come down from heaven with a command, with a voice … and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first; then we who are alive, who are left, will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air; and so we shall always be with the Lord."

Chapter 67

67PG 10:788a

Ταῦτά σοι [παρέστησα διὰ βραχέων ἀρυσάμενος, Θεόφιλε, ὅπως φυλάσσων μετὰ πίστεως τὰ γεγραμμένα, καὶ προβλέπων τὰ ἐσόμενα, ἀπρόσκοπον ἑαυτὸν καὶ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις φυλάξῃς, προσδεχόμενος τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, ἐν ῇ ἀναστήσας τοὺς ἀγίους ἡμῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς εὐφρανθήσεται, δοξάζων Πατέρα· αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς ἀτελευτήτους αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Tauta soi [parestēsa dia bracheōn arysamenos, Theophile, hopōs phylassōn meta pisteōs ta gegrammena, kai problepōn ta esomena, aproskopon heauton kai Theǭ kai anthrōpois phylaxę̄s, prosdechomenos tēn makarian elpida kai epiphaneian tou Theou kai Sōtēros hēmōn, en ę̄ anastēsas tous agious hēmōn syn autois euphranthēsetai, doxazōn Patera; autǭ hē doxa eis tous ateleutētous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

These things I have set before you, Theophilus, drawing them briefly, so that, keeping with faith what is written and foreseeing what is to come, you may keep yourself without offence both to God and to men, "awaiting the blessed hope and appearing of our God and Saviour," when, having raised our saints, he will rejoice with them, glorifying the Father. To him be the glory to the endless ages of ages. Amen.